A Survey of
MINIMAL SURFACES
gyroid. An inflnitely connected periodic minimal surface containing no
straight lines, recently discovered and christened by A. H. Schoen. (NASA
Electronics Research Laboratory)
A Survey of
MINIMAL SURFACES by
ROBERT OSSERMAN Stanford University
DOVER PUBLICATIONS, INC. Mineola, New York
Copyright
Copyright © 1969, 1986 by Robert Osserman Ail rights reserved under Pan American and International Copyright Conventions. Published in Canada by General Publishing Company, Ltd., 895 Don Mills Road, 400-2 Park Centre, Toronto, Ontario M3C 1W3. Published in the United Kingdom by David & Charles, Brunei House, Forcle Close, Newton Abbot, Devon TQ12 4PU.
Bibliographical Note This Dover edition, first published in 1986 and republished in 2002, is a cor rected and enlarged republication of the work first published in book form by the Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1969. (A fundamentally iden tical version had been translated into Russian and published in the journal Uspekhi Matematicheskikh Nauk in 1967.) A new Preface, an Appendix updating the original edition, and a supplementary bibliography have been specially pre pared for this edition by the author, who has also made severa! corrections.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Osserman, Robert A survey of minimal surfaces. Bibliography: p. lncludes index. ISBN 0-486-49514-0 1. Surfaces, Minimal. l. Title. QA644.087 1986 516.3'62 85-1287 1
Manufactured in the United States of America Dover Publications, lnc., 31 East 2nd Street, Mineola, N.Y. l l501
PREFACE TO THE DOVER EDITION The flowering of minimal-surface themy referred to in the Introduc tion has contlnued unabated during the subsequent decade and a half. and has borne fruit of dazzling and unexpected varlety. In the past ten years sorne important conjectures in relativity and topology have been settled by surprising uses of minimal surfaces.
In
addition, many new
propertles of minimal surfaces themselves have been uncovered. We shall limit ourselves in this edition to a selected updating obtained by enlarging the bibliography (in "Additional References") and by the addition of "Appendix 3," where a few recent results are outlined. (The reader is directed to relevant sections of Appendix 3 by new footnotes added to the original text. l We shall concentrate on results most closely related to the subjects covered in the main text, with the addition of sorne partlcularly striking new directions or applications. Fortunately we can refer to a number of survey articles and books that have appeared in the interim, including the encyclopedie work of Nitsche !III and, for the approach to minimal surfaces via geometrie measure theory, the Proceedings of the AMS Symposlum-Allard and Almgren [1]; both books include an extensive bibliography. The section "Addltional References," following the original bibliography in the present work. starts with a list of those books and survey articles where many other aspects may be explored. In this Dover edition, a number of typographical errors have been corrected, and incomplete references in the original bibliography have been completed. Otherwise, with minor exceptions, the original text has been left unchanged.
NOTE: In references to the bibliography, Roman numerals refer to the list of books and survey articles in the Additional References (pp.
179-200), while Arabie numerals refer elther to the subsequent list of research papers or to papers ln the original References (pp. 167-178).
MSG and SMS
refer to
Minimal Submanifolds and Geodesies,
proceedings of a conference held ln Tokyo in 1 977, and to
Minimal Submanifolds,
the
Seminar on
a collection of papers presented during the
academie year 1979-1980 at the Institute for Advanced Study. listed as the first and second items in the Additional References. under books and survey articles.
ROBERT ÛSSERMAN
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
This account is an English version of an article (listed as Item 8 in the References) which appeared originally in Russian. ln the three years that have passed since the original writing there bas been a flurry of activity in this field. Sorne of the most strik ing new results have been added to the discussion in Appendix 2 and an attempt bas been made to bring the references up to date. A few modifications have been made in the text where it seemed desirable to amplify
or
clarify the original presentation. Apart from
these changes, the present version may be considered an e xact "translation" of the Russian original.
CONTENTS
Introduction
. . . .. • . . •
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . •
§1.
Parametric surfaces: local theory .
§2.
Non·parametric surfaces
§3.
Surfaces that minimize area
§4.
Isothermal parameters
§5.
Bernstein's theorem
§6.
Parametric surfaces: global theory
. . . . . ,
. . •
• • . . ..
. . .
. . • .
. .. . . . . . . •
. . • . . . . . . .
.
• .
. . . . •
•
.
. .. .... 1
.
• . . . . .
.
.
.
. • . • .
.
.. . . . .
, . .. • . • . •
. • .. . . . . . . . • . . . • .
. . . . . • . . .
3 15 20 27 34
• . . . • . . . .
Generalized minimal surfaces. Complete surfaces 43 §7.
Minimal surfaces with boundary Plateau problem. Dirichlet problem
§8. §9.
. . . .
Parametric surfaces in E3• The Gauss map.
. . . •
• .
53
• • •
.. .. .
63
Surfaces in E3• Gauss curvature and total curvature 75 ..
§10. Non·parametric surfaces in E3
Removable sin gularities. Dirichlet problem
........
91
§11. Application of parametric methods to non·parametric
problems. Heinz' inequality. Exterior Dirichlet problem
105 n §12. Parametric surfaces in E : generalized Gauss map. 117 . .
.
. . .
.
.
• . . . .
Appendix 1. List of theorems .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. • . . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . .
129
Appendix 2. Generalizations
... . .. . . . . . . . ..................... . . .
135
AppendiX 3. Developments in minimal surfaces, 1970-1985
143
References
167
..
... . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addi Uonal References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Author Index Subject Index
. . . . . .
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
The complete embedded minimal surface of Costa-Hoffman-Meeks (see Appendlx 3, Section 4). (Photograph copyright© 1985 by D. Hoffman and J. T. Hoffman.)
A Survey of
MINIMAL SURFACES
INTRODUCTION
The theory of min imal surfaces experienced a rapid develop ment throughout the whole of the nineteenth century. The major achievement s of this period are presented in deta il in the books of Darboux [1] and Bianchi [1]. During the first half of the pre sent century, attention was d irected almost exclusivel y to the solution of the Plateau problem. The bulk of result s obtained may be found in the papers of Douglas [1, 2], and in the book s of Rad6 [3] and Courant [2]. A major exception to this trend is the work of Bern ste in [1, 2, 3] who con sidered m inimal surface s chiefly from the point of v iew of partial d ifferent iai equations. The last twenty years has seen an extraord inary flowering of the theory, partly in the d irection of general izations: to h igher dimen sion s, to Rieman nian spaces, to wider classe s of surfaces; and partly in the d irec t ion of many new results in the classical case. Our purpose in the present paper is to report on sorne of the major developments of the past twenty years. In order to give any sort of cohesive pre sentation it is necessar y to adopt sorne basic point of v iew. Our a im will be to present a s much a s possible of the theory for two -dimensional m in imal surfaces in a euc l idean space of arbitrary dimen sion, and then to restrict to three d imen sion s only in tho se case s where corresponding resu lt s do not seem to be available. For a more detailed account of recent results in the three-dimensional case, we refer to the expository article of 1
2
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Nitsche [4], where one may also find an extensive bibliography and a list of open questions. The early history of minimal sur faces in higher dimensions is described in Struik [ 1]. Since it is impossible to achieve anything approaching com pleteness in a surve y of this kind, we bave selected a number of results which seem to be both interesting and representative, and whose proofs should provide a good picture of sorne of the methods which have proved most useful in this theory. For the convenience of the reader, a list of the theorems proved in the paper is given in Appendix 1.
For the most part the present paper will contain only an organ ized account of known results. There are a few places in which new results are given; in particular, we refer to the treatment of
non -parametric surfaces in E n in Sections 2-5, and the discus
sion of the exterior Dirichlet problem for the minimal surface equa tion in Section 11.
ln Appendix 2 we try to give sorne idea of the various general izations of this theory which have been obtained in recent years. One word concerning the presentation. ln most treatments of differentiai geometry one finds either the classical theory of sur faces in tbree-space, or else the modern theory of differentiable manifolds. Since the principal results of this paper do not require any knowledge of the latter, we bave decided to give a careful in
troduction to the general theory of surfaces in En . For similar rea
sons we have încluded a section on the simplest case of Plateau's problem in En , for a single Jordan curve. In this way we hope to
provide a route which may take a reader with no prevîous knowledge of the theory, directly to sorne of the problems and results of cur rent research.
3
PARAMETRIC SURFACES: LOCAL THEORY
§1.
Parametric surfaces: local theory We shaH denote by x = (x 1 , ..., xn)
E". Let D be a domain in the u-plane,
fine provisionally a tion
x(u)
surface in
a point in euclidean n-spac
u (u 1 , u2).
We shall de
E" to be a differentiable transforma-<
of sorne domain D into E". Later on (in §6) we shall
give a global definition of a surface in E", but until then we shall
use the word "surface" in the above sense. Let us denote the M
jacobian matrix of the mapping x(u) ax. l, , n; j= l, 2. i (m ij}; m ij = au1: '
.
by
. .
We note that the columns of M are the vectors
::j = ( �::' . ., �:;) .
For two vectors
inner product
and the
v= (v 1 , ..., vn }' w ( w 1 ,
by
. .•
, wn)' we denote the
exterior product by v/\ w; v A w
where the components of det
�
v /\ w
<
EN,
N
( �) ,
are the determinants
( vw.i 1
arranged in sorne fixed order. Finally, let us introduce the matrix
i <j'
4
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
(1.1)
and let us recall the identity of Lagrange:
(1.2)
We may now formulate the following e lementary lemma, which is of a purel y algebrai c nature. LEMMA 1.1. Let x(u) be a differentiable map': D-> En. At
each point of
D
the following conditions are equivalent:
àx _ are independent, (1.3) the vectors .È.!!._, àu àu 2 1 (1.4) the ]acobian matrix M has rank 2,
( 1. 7) det G
>
0.
Proof: Formula (1.2), combined with elementary properties of the rank of a matrix , gives the equivalence. t DEFINITION. A surface S is regular at a point if the condi tions of Lem m a 1.1 hold at that point; S is regular if it is regular at every point of D. We shall write Sc
cr if x(u) c cr in
D;
i . e., each coordinate
xk is an r-times continuously differentiable function of ul' u2 in D.
5
PARA METRIC SURFA CES: L OCAL THEORY
We shall assume throughout that S ( cr, r :?_ L
Suppose that S is a surface x(u) f cr in D, and that u(ü) ( cr
is a diffeomorphism of a domain D onto D. We shall say that the �
�
surface S defined b y x(u(ü)) in Dis obtained from S by a change of parameter.
We say that a property of S is independent of param
eters if it holds at corresponding points of ail surfaces S obtained
from S by a change of parameter. It is the object of differentiai geometry to study precisely those properties which are independent of parameters. Let us give sorne examples. We note first that if the J acobian m atrix of the transformation
u(ü) i s u then the fact that u(ii) i s a diffeomorphism implies that
a(ul' u2) a(ü1, a ) 2
det U f.
0 in
D .
Furthermore, by the chain rule, it follows from S ( cr and u(ü)
cr that s
(
cr, so that the property of belonging to cr is indepen
dent of (Cr changes of) parameters. ln particular,
2
axi =
aük or
ax.1 au.
__l !. au. aük j= 1 1 -
M
MU,
whence
(1.8) and
(
-
G = UTGU
6
(
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
(1.9)
d et G
2 det G(det U)
=
=
det G
a(u , u ) 1 2
a(ü
1,
)
2
ü2)
An immediate consequence of this equation, in view of (1. 7) is that the property of S being regular at a point is indep end ent of param eters. Suppose now that L\ is a subdomain of D such that � where � is the closure of .!\. face x(u) to
u f
.!\.
C
D,
Let � b e the restric tion of the sur
We define the area of � to be
A(�)
(1.10)
If u(ü) is a change of p arameter, and L\ maps onto ,!\, th en the cor responding surface � has area
using (1.9) and the rule for change of variabl e in a double integral. Thus the area of a surface is independent of parameters. We n e:xt note a special choice of parameters which is often use fui to consider. Let i and j denote any two fixed d istinct integers from 1 to
n,
and let D be a domain in the
tion s
x., 1
x. J
plan e. The equa-
(1.11) define a surface S in E".
A surface defined in this way will be
PARAMETRIC SURFACES: LOCAL THEORY
said to be given in nonpar ametric or explicit form. This is, of course, a special case of the surfaces we have b een c onsidering up to n ow, the parameters b eing chosen to be two of the coordi n ates in En. In other words, we may rewrite ( 1. 1 1) in the form (1. 12)
ul' xj= u2, xk=fk(u1 ,u2 ) , k�i, j.
xi
In the classical case n= 3 we have a sin gl e func tion f k, and the surface is d efined by expressing one of the coordinates as a fun c .
tion of th e other two. In ord er for a surface to b e expressible in n on-par ametric form, it is of c ourse nec essary {or the p rojection map (1. 13) when restric ted to the surface, to be one-to-on e. This is n ot true in general for the whole surface, but we h ave the following impor tan t lemma. LEM MA 1 .2. Let S be a surface x (u), and let u
a be a point
at which S is re�u lar. Then there exÎsts a nei�hborhood 1.\ of a,
\
such that the surface � obtained by restricting x (u) to 1.\ has a reparametrization � in non-par ametric form. Prpof: By cond ition ( 1 .5) for regularity, and using the inverse mapping theorem, we deduce that there exists a n eighborhood 1.\ of a in which the map (u 1, u2 ) more, if x (u)
t
_,
( xi, xi) is a d iffeomorphism. Further
cr, th e inverse map (xi, xj)
and the same is true of the c omposed map (1.14) which defines �. •
_,
(ul, u 2) is also cr,
1
l 1
8
A SURVEY OF' MINIMAL SURFACES
Thu s, when studying the local behavior of a surface, we may, whenever it is convenient, assume that the surface is in non-para metric form. Let us note also that the reparametriz ation (1.14) shows that in a neigh borhood of a reguler point the mapping x(u) is always one-to- one. In order to study more c losely the behavior of a surface near a given point, we con sider the totality of curve s passing through the point and lying on the surface. F irst of ali, by a curve C in E" we shall mean a continuously d ifferent iable map (1. 15) where [a,,B] is sorne interval on the real l ine. We shall also use the notation ( 1 . 1 6) The tangent vec tor to the curve at a point t0 is the vector (1.17) The curve is regular at t 0 if x '(t0) .;,. O. Suppose now that we have a surface S defined by
x
(u), u
and a curve C defined by (1.15). We shall say that C lies
on
<
D,
S,
if the image of [a, f3] under ÇP is included in the image of D under
x (u). Since we are interested now in the local study of S , let u s
choose any point u = a at which S i s regul ar, and let us restrict
x(a) to a neighborhood of a in which Lemma 1 . 2 is valid, We
shall continue to denote this restricted doma in by D, and the sur face by S. Then we have the representation ( 1 . 14) and the fact that the mappin g x (u) is one-to-one in D . We consider the totali t y of curves C which lie o n S and pass through the point b
x
(a).
9
PARAMETRIC SURFACES: LOCAL THEORY
ln order to fix the notat ion, we may assume that there is a fixed value t0 , a < t0 < f3, such that for each curve C , cp ( t0 ) = b. By virtue of the representation (1.14), to each such curve C correspond
,
a curve u (t) in D such that u ( t0) a. Con verse ly, to each curve a correspond s obviously a curve cp ( t) u (t) in D with u ( t0 ) =
x ( u ( t)) on S, with if;> ( t0) C we h ave the formula
=
b. For the tangent vector to the curve
(1.18) where ax!aul and ax;au2
are e valuated at u
=
a.
LEMMA 1 . 3. A t a regular point of a surface S, if we consider
the set of ail curves which lie on S and pass through the point, then the totality of their tangent vectors at the point form a two·dimen· sional vector space. Proof: Since we can obviously find curves u (t) in D such that u ( t0)
=
a, and u ! ( t0), u2 ( t0) take on arbitrarily assigned values,
it follows from (1. 18) that the set of tangent vectors x' ( t0) consists of all l inear combin at ions of the two vectors ax;aul and ax;au2 . But b y condit ion (1.3) for regularity these vectors are independent and therefore span a two-dimensional space. • DEFINITION. The vector space described in Lemma 1 .3 is
called the tangent plane to the surface S at the point b
x (a),
and is denoted by n or n (a). Thus a surface S bas at every regular point a tangent plane, which by its defin it ion is independent of parameters. For the length of a tangent vector we have from (1. 1) and (1. 1 8):
10
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
(1. 19)
!x'(t0)!2
=
x'(t0) x'(t0) •
=
2 �
i, j=
1
d.;1 u;(t0)uj(t0).
Thus, the square of the length is expressed by a quadratic form in the corresponding tangent vector u'(t0), with matrix G ; this quad ratic form is often referred to as the first fundamental form of the surface S. We have seen in (1.10) that the determinant of th1s form defi nes areas on the surface . Similarl y, the length of curves on the surface are obtained from (1.19), since the length of the curve x(t),
a $ t $ f3 in E n is given by L
(1.20)
J
13
1x'(t)1 dt
a
It is convenient t o associate with an arb itrary curve C of the form (1.16) the quantity
s(to)
(1.21)
=
r
to
lx'(t)ldt
'l
Since s'(t0)
1 x '(t0)1 � 0 for a $ t0 $ f3, we have a monotone
mapping
s(t ): [a ,/3]
(1.22)
-+
[O,L ] .
If furthermore, the curve C is regular, then
s '(t)
1 x '(t)1
>
0, and
the map (1.22) bas a differentia ble inverse t (s). The composed map (1.23)
-
�s): [0, L]
«s)
-
[a, {3]
�(0
En
defines a curve C which is called the parametrization of C with re
spect to arclength. We h ave at each point the unit tangent vector
11
PARAMETRIC S URFACES: LOCAL THEORY
T
(1.24)
dx ds
lx'(t)l s'(t)
x'(t) s'(t)
1 .
We wish next t o stud y "sec ond order effects," and we shall as sume from now on that all curves cons idered are reguler c2 curves . We may then introduce the parametrization (1.23) w ith respect to arc length, and we define at each point the curvature vector
dT ds
(1.25)
as the derivative of the unit tangent with respect to arc length. We use the same notation as in the paragraph preceding Lemm� 1. 3, but we now add the assumption that the surface S f c2 , and we re strict the class of curves passing through the regul er point b
=
x (a)
on S to regul er c2 -curves l ying on S. We shall seek to describe the totality of curvature vectors to these curves evaluated at the point b
=
x (a). More precisely, if II is the tangent plane to S at
this point, let us denote by II 1 its orthogonal complement, an (n-2)
dimensional space called the normal space to S at the point. Each
vector is determined b y its projections in II and II1. F or our pres
ent purposes we shall examine the projection of the curvature vec tor into n1.
An arbitrary vector
N
f
II
1
is called a normal to S. Since such
a vector is in particular orthogonal to dx/du1, dx/du , we may
2
compute as follows:
dx ds (1.26)
�x ds2
-
·
� N = _..
b
. .
IJ
(N)
dui du. -
ds
1
_
ds
12
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
!
where we have introduced the notation
1
(1.27)
i
he vector a2 x!au1au being evaluated at the point i oting that
nd that
form
b
du./d s 1
=
N ds2 .
=
By
we may rewrite (1.26) in the
(du./dt)/(ds/dt), 1 �x
.28)
u =a.
l:.h;/N)u; ( t0)uj{t 0) l:.giiu ; (t o) u j (to)
_
The numerator on the right band side is a quadratic form in the tan gent vector
u '(t0)
whose matrix
surface and the normal of S with respect to
N.
N.
b. 1}
depends on the point of the
.(N)
It is called the second
fundamental form
We note that the entire right-hand side of
(1.28) depends on the particular curve C only to the extent of the
1tangent vector to C at the point. In fact, the homogeneity of the
i
right-hand side in the components of
u '(t0)
shows that it depends
ionly on the direction of the tangent vector: i.e., on the unit tangent 1 T. We may therefore rewrite (1.28) in the form i(l.29)
�x
N ds2 .
k ( N, T), N ll� (
Tt
ll,
where the nght-hand side is at f'ach point of Sa well-defined function of the normal
N
and the unit tangent
T, called the normal cur
ature of S in the direction T with respect to the normal ix N, and let T vary, we obtain the quantities
N.
If we
13
PARAMETRIC SURFACES: L OCAL THEORY
(1.30)
k 1 (N)
=
max T
called the principal the normal
N.
k (N, T),
curvatures of
k 2( N)
min T
k (N, T)
S at the point, with respect to
Finally we introduce the average value
(1.31)
called the mean normal
N.
curvature of
S at the point, with respect to the
To obtain an explicit expression for
H(N) ,
we note that since
the right-hand side of (1. 28) is the quotient of quadratic forms, its maximum and minimum, which we have denoted by the roots of the equation
k 1 (N}, k 2( N},
are
0 .
(1.32)
Expanded, this equation takes the form
For the sum of the roots , we therefore have (1.33)
( }
HN
82 2 b1 1(N} gllb22 (N} - 2g1 2 b 1 2 (N} 2 det (gij)
+ = _;;;:_:_:...=------...:.. =-=--.=----=-=---= .: -
bI.J.(N) N for N ll�
It follows immediately from the definition (1.27) that the are linear in
N,
and from (1 .33) that
Thus there exists a unique vector
H(N} =
(1.34) H
H
·
N
H(N)
Hf
is linear in 1 n such that
for ali
N
f
f
111 .
thus defined is called the mean curvature vector of 1 s at the point. If e l, ... , e -2 is any orthonormal basis of n ' it n follows from ( 1 . 34) that the mean curvature vector H may be The vector
114
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
expressed as
p.35) ��
H =
n-2
!
k 1
[H(ek)] ek
•
DEFINITION. A surface S is a minimal surface if its mean
rurvature vector H
vanishes at every point.
The reason for this terminology will become apparent in Sec-
3. For the moment we note merely that by virtue of (1.34) and �1.35), H 0 if and only if H(N) 0 for aU N fi� Thus, using �1.33 ), minimal surfaces are characterized in terms of their first tion
=
=
e
and second fundamental forms by the equation
1
o.
15
NON·PARAMETRIC SURFACES
§2. Non-parametric surfaces. We consider in this section surfaces in the non-parametric form (1.11). By relabeling the coordinates in E n we may assume that the surface is defined by k
(2.1)
=
3, .
..
,n ;
or equivalently
Th en
and (2.4)
We note that the vectors ax !au1, ax!au2 are obviously indepen dent, so that every surface in non -parametric form is automatically regular.
We again denote by ll the tangent plane, and by lll the normal
space. 2.1. Let N3, ... , N
be arbitrary. Then there ex ist n ( Nl' ... , N ) is in nl. unique Nl' N2 such that the vector N n LEMMA
i
=
Proof: The vector N is in nl if and only if N . ax ;au.1 = 0,
�
1,2. By (2.3) we have N1 = -� =3Nk (a!J!au1), i
=
1,2. +.
16
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
We give an application of this lemma to arbitrary surfaces.
Let x (u) define a surface S Cr, let b x (a) be a regular point of S, and let N be a normal to S at this point. Then there exists a neighborhood A of a, and N(u) cr-l in A such that N(u) IT1(u) and N(a) N. Proof: By Lemma 1 . 2 we may find a neighborhood A of a in LEMMA 2.2.
f
=
f
f
=
which S has a reparametrization in the form (2. 1) (assuming suit able labeling of the coordinates in E n ). Let
set
N (N 1, .. . , Nn ), ==
and
1, 2. Then
N(u)
has the desired properties. t
For the remainder of this section we consider surfaces S
f
c2•
From (2.3) we deduce (2.5)
2
a x --a ia i
u u
Thus, for an arbitrary normal (2. 6)
b1}.. (N)
N (Nl' . . . , Nn ), =
we have
a2Jk I Nk _ k 3 a u i a uj n
=
__
The equation (1. 36) for a m inimal surface therefore takes the form
0,
17
N O N- PARAMETRIC SURFACES
for all normal vectors ponents
N 3, . .. , N
n
Since, as we observed earlier, the com
may be chosen arbitrarily, it follows that each
of the coefficients of tain th at
N. Nk
must vanish, for
k
=
3,
... , n.
We thus ob
n - 2 equations for the n- 2 functions 13, ln. If we recall u 1 x l' u2 x 2 , and if we introduce the vector notation • • •,
=
=
(2.7)
then these equations may be written as a single vector equation
This is the minimal
surface equation for non-parametric minimal
surfaces in En . Every reguler minimal surface provides lot;;: al so
lutions of this equation, by Lemma 1.2. We shall use this fact later on to aid in the local study of minimal surfaces. For the present, let us observe that Equation (2.8) allows us to find explicitly a number of specifie exemples of minimal surfaces. Sorne of these surfaces turn out to be very useful in the general theory because of certain extrema! properties which they possess.
3. Then
f(x 1 , x 2 ) f s<x1, x2 ) and (2. 8) reduces to a single equation for the scalar function f(x l' x2 ), First let us consider the case
n
We have the following classical surfaces.
The helicoid: (2. 9)
=
18
A SV RVEY OF MINIMAL SVRFACES
One can show that this is the only solution of (2.8) which is also a harmonie function, and that the helicoid is the only ruled minimal surface. (For a more detailed discussion of all these surfaces we re fer the reader to Darboux [ 11.)
The catenoid: cosh-1
(2. 10)
r,
r
)x/ + xi
or (2. 1 1)
This is the only minimal surface which is also a surface of rotation.
Scherk's su face : r
cos x 2 log--= cos x 1
(2. 12)
This is the only minimal surface of translation; that is (2. 1 2) is jhe only solution of (2.8) of the form
f(x l' x 2)
g (x 1 ) + h (x2 ).
There are two remarks we should make about these solutions. First of ali, the image of a minimal surface under a similarity trans formation is again a minimal surface, so that one can obtain other solutions of (2. 8) trivially by this method. Second of all, we have not specified the domain of definition of the above solutions, but we may note that none of them is defined for ali
x l' x2 .
This turns
out not to be an accident, s ince the theorem of Bernstein which we shall prove later on (Section 5) states that for
n
=
3 there are no
non-trivial solutions of Equation (2.8) valid in the whole plane. We turn now to the case of arbitrary each
fk
is linear in
x l' x2,
n.
xl' x2-
We note first that if
then (2 .8) is satisfied trivially. In this
NON•PA RAMETRIC SURFACES
S
case the surface
19
is a plane.
n i s even we have the following special solutions. :j:.,et z x 1 + ix 2, and let g1(z) , , g m (z) be complex analytic functions of z, where n 2m + 2. Then settin g If
=
. .•
k 2p + 1 k 2p-+ 2 for
p
==
l,
.
. , m, .
we obtain by direct verification a solution of (2.8).
the graph of a complex·analyti curve, considered as a surface in real euclidean space, is always a minimal surface. For the case of a single function g 1(z) , the We may word this result as follows:
corresponding minimal surfaces in E4 were studied in great detail
by Kommerell [1].
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
§3. Surfaces that minimize area. We shall now discuss briefly the problem which led historically 1to the theory of minimal surfaces. Namely, that of characterizing those surfaces which have !east area among all surfaces with the 1 same boundary. Specifically, we shall consider the following situ•ation. Let S be a regular surface defined by x (u)
l
c2 in a domain D.
Let r be a closed curve in D which bounds a subdomain �. and
let :E be the surface defined by x ( u) restricted to �. Suppose th at •the area of I is less than or equa l to the area of every surface I ldefined by
x(u)
u on x (u) ?
in� such t hat for
does this imply about the surface
r,
x(u)
==
x ( u)
.
What
We shall apply the standard methods of the calculus of variations in two different forms. First we s hall make normal variations of the surface, and later we sh aH consider non -p arametric surfaces and .variations perpendicular to the x l' x 2 -plane. To start with, let us suppose that N(u) l c1 in D, such that
W(u)
is normal to S at x (u). That is
N(u)
(3.1)
·
ax a ui
_
0,
Î
1, 2.
Differentiating this equation yields (3. 2)
[
We now consider an arbitrary function h (u) •ach real number À we form the surface SÀ : e find
R
(u)
==
x (u)
+
l
Àh (u) N(u),
c2 in D, and for
u
l
D.
SURFACES THAT MJNJMIZE AREA
ax. au i
=
Èl!:_ au i
+
A rh aaN l u
i
+
l J
È1!_ N au i
21
,
and usin g (3.1), (3.2)
g . l] .
=
ax . ax aÛ. au. l 1
=
g
l]
. .
- 2Ahb
l]
. .
(N)
+
2 A c
IJ .
.
where c l].. is a continuous function of u in D. It follows that
(3.3) where
and a2 is a continuous function of ul' u2, À for u in D. As a first consequence of this formula, using the fact that S is regular we deduce that a0 bas a positive m inimum on "3., and since a 1 and a are continuous in D, there exists g > 0 such that 2 < €., the 0 < €. and u € �. In other words, for for det
�ii>
lAI
lAI
surfaces I,À defined by restricting x(u) to � are all regular sur faces. To compute their area A(A) A(l: À), we note that in view of (3.3), we have =
(3.5) for u in �. where M is a positive constant. By (1.10) and (3.4) we have
and integratin g (3.5)
22
A SU RVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
or
A( À) - A( O) À
1 Letting
a0, al'
À
-f�i�a0 du1 du2 1 2 ·vr-::-
< M1
À
•
tend to zero, substituting in the expressions (3.4) for
and recalling the formula (1. 33) for the mean curvature, we
arrive at the expression
A' ( O)
(3 .6)
-2
// H(N) h (uh/det�?ijdu1 du2 �
for the rate of change of area as a function of À.
f ( u) is an arbitrary continuous u in L\ we may define the integral of f with respect to surface area on I, as We may note in passing that if
function of
J1 f (u)dA Jf f (uh/det gijdu 1 du2 �
(3.7)
k
With this notation, if we choose our family of surfaces ting
h ( u)
=
l, th en formula (3. 6) reduces to
A '(0)
-2
•
SÀ
by set
1! H(N)dA k
which provides an interesting interpretation of the quantity
H(N).
We now return to our original problem, and we make the follow
in order for I. to minimize area, its mean curvature must be identically zero. This follows immed iately from (3. 6) using ing a ssertion:
the standard argument of the calculus of variations. Namely, if the
23
SURFACES THAT MINIMIZE AREA
mean curvature did not vani sh identically, then there would be a point
u "' a
in 6. and a n ormal
H(N) > O. a, and N(u) C 1
may assume
N "' N(a)
H(N) fo
such that
O. We
By Lemma 2 . 2 we can find a neighborhood
V1 of in V 1, such that N(u) is normal to S at x(u). Then we will have H(N) > 0 throughout a neighborhood V2 , a ( v2 c vl ' and if we choose the function h (u) so that h(a) > 0, h(u) 2: 0 for all u, and h (u) 0 for u' v2, the i ntegral on the ri ght-hand side of (3.6) will be strictly positi ve. However, if V2 x(u) on r, so that i s sm all enough so that v2 c 6., then i(u) l
=
=
�À w ill be a surface with the same bound ary as�. The assump tion that � minimizes area implies that A(À) 2: A(O) for all À,
whence A '(0)
O. Thus we would obtain a contradiction to (3.6),
and the assertion is proved. Thus minimal surfaces arose originally in connection with mini mizing area, and it is from this connection that they derived their name. However, as we shall see, they also arise naturally in a num ber of other connections, and many of their most important propertîes are totally unrelated to questions of area. Before leav ing the sub ject we shall use the property of mini mizing area to derive severa! other forms of the minimal surface equation. We start from a surface in non-parametric form:
3, . , n ,
k
..
and introduce the vector notation (3 .8)
q
r
24
A SURVEY OF' MINIMAL SUR FACES
!Then the minimal surface equation (2.8) may be written as
1!(3.9)
0,
or as
(3. 10)
IThe equations (2.4) take the form (3. 1 1) whence
(3. 12) One often u se s the notation W
(3. 13)
ydet g ii
or non -parametric surfaces. Suppose now that we make a variat ion in our surface, setting k
=
3,
,
. . .
l where
n,
À is a real number, and hk c c1 in the domain of defin ition 'v of the fk" In vector notation, setting h (h3, , hn) we have • • •
Ê
=
f + Àh,
p
W2 where
+
2ÀX
+
À2 Y ,
25
SURFACES THAT MINIMIZE AREA
and Y is cont inuons in xl' x2• It follows that
where
z
is again continuo ns.
We now consider a closed curve ï in the domain o f definition
of f(x1, x2), and let ô. be the region bounded by ï. I f the surface xk f(x1, x2) over ô. min im izes the area among all surfaces with �
the same boundary, then for every choice o f h such that
ï, we have
h
0 on
whic� is only possib le if
Substituting in the above expression for X , integrating by parts , and using the fact th at h
0 on ï, we find
B y the s ame reasoning as above, it follows that the equation (3. 14)
0
must hold everywhere. Once we have found this equat ion, it is easy to verify that it is a consequence o f the minimal surface equation (3.1 0). In fact the le ft -hand side of (3. 14) may be written as the sum o f three terms:
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
The first term vanishes by (3. 9). If we expand out the coefficient of
p
in the second term, we find the exp ression
(3. 15)
=
_!_
w3
[(p q)q -( 1 + 1 ql 2 )p] ·
•
[(l + 1 ql
2 )r - p q)s 1 2 )t 2( + ( + IPI ]
which vanishes by (3. 10). Interchanging see that the coefficient of
q
•
p
and
q, x 1
and
x2 ,
we
in the th ird term vanishes a lso, thus
roving (3. 14). ln the process we have also shown that the two equations
b . 16) are satisfied by every solution of the minimal surface equation
•
3 . 10). These equat ions have long been known in the case
n
=
3,
and the fact that they are in divergence form al lows one to derive many consequences which are not immediate from (3 . 10). (See, for example, Rad6 [3].) We shall see tha t Equations (3. 1 6) have equal y important consequences in the case o f arbitrary
n.
27
ISOTHERMAL PARAMETERS
§4. lsothermal parameters. When studying properties of a surface which are independent of choice of parameters, it is convenient to choose parameters in such a way that geometrie properties of the surface are reflected in the parameter plane. As an ex ample one can ask that the mapping of the parameter plane onto the surface be conformai, so that angles between curves on the surface are equal to the angles between the corresponding curves in the parameter plane. Analytically, thi s con dit ion is expressed in terms of the first fundamental form ( 1 . 1) by
0
(4. 1) or
À(u)
(4.2 ) Parameters
u1 , u2
>
0 .
satisfying these conditions are called
isothermal
parameters. Many of the basic quantities considered in su rface theory s impl i f y considerabl y when referred to isot herm al parameters. For exam ple, from
(4.3)
(4. 2) we have clet g 1]
. .
=
.\4
and the formula (1.33) for mean curvature becomes
(4.4) We also have the following useful formula for the Laplac ian of the coordinate vector of an arbitrary surface.
LEMMA 4.1. Let a regular surface .S be defined by (u) C2 where u l' u 2 are isothermal parameters. Then x
<
28
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
(4.5)
where H is the mean curvature vector. Proof:
The defining equation (4.1) for isothermal parameters
may be written in the form 0 . Differentiating the first of the se with respect to
u 1,
and the second
with respect to u2 yields
whence 0 Sim ilarly, different iating the first equation with respect to the second with respect to
Thus
Llx
if N is
u1
u2
and
yields
is a vector perpendicular to the tangent plane to S. But
an
LlX· N
arbitrary normal vector to S, we have
a2 x au f
.
N
+
a2 x . N aui
by (4.4). This means that
L1x/2A2
is a normal vector which satis-
fies the defining equation ( 1.34) of the mean curvature vector and this proves (4.5). t
H,
29
ISOTHERMAL PARAMETERS
We may note that formula (4.5) is of interest in other connections and in particular in the study of surfaces of constant mean curvature. However, for our purposes we are interested onl y in the following immediate consequence.
Let x (u) c2 define a regular surface s in isother mal parameters. Necessary and sufficient that the coordinate lune tians x k(u 1 , u2 ) be harmonie is that S be a minimal surface. LEM M A 4.2.
f
Thus we see that minimal surfaces arise naturally in quite a dif ferent context from that of minimizing area. We wish to pursue fur ther the connection with harmonie functions. Let us introduce the following notat ion. Given a surface
x (u) ,
we consider the complex-valued functions (4 .6) We note the identities:
( 4.7)
(4 .8) We may read off directly the follow ing properties of the function s
cf>k ( /;) : a) cf>k( /;)
is analytic ir. 1; <
>
xk
is harmonie in
u 1 , u2 ;
30
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
b)
ul' u2
are isothermal parameters <-
>
(4.9) c)
if
u1, u2
are isothermal parameters, then S is regular <
n
�
(4.10)
k-=1 LEMMA
I
l2 ;, o
>
·
4.3. Let x (u) define a regular minimal surface, with
u1 , u2 isothermal parameters.
Then the functions <,bk( () defined
by (4.6) are analytic, and they satisfy equations (4.9) and (4.10). Conversely, let c,b1 ((),
• .•
,
c,bn (() be analytic functions of ( which
satisfy (4. 9) and (4.10) in a simply-connected domain D. Then there exists a regular minimal surface x ( u) defined over D, such that equations (4. 6) are valid. Proof:
The first statement follows immediately from properties
a), b) and c), in view of Lemma
4.2.
For the converse, if we define
(4.11) then the
xk
are harmonie functions satisfying
(4. 6),
and again
applying a), b), and c) in the opposite direction, the result follows from Lemma
4.2. +
Thus we see that the local study of regular minimal surfaces in
En
is equivalent to the study of n-tuples of analytic functions
satisfying
(4.9) and (4.10).
tions determine the
xk
We may note that by
(4.11), these
func
up to additive constants, and the surface is
therefore determined up to a translation.
31
ISOTHERMAL PARAMETERS
The preceding results are ali based on the assumption that the surface can be represented locally in terms of isothermal parame ters.
However, the existence of such parameters is not at ali obvi
1 ous, and in the case of c -surfaces it is not even always true. For c2 -surfaces there is a general theorem guaranteeing their existence, but we do not have to invoke this theorem, since in the case of min imal surfaces we are a ble to give an elementary proof. LEMMA
4.4. Let S be a minimal surface. Every regular point
of S has a neighborhood in which there exists a reparametrization of S in terms of isothermal parameters. Proof:
By Lemma
1.2 we may first of all find a neighborhood
of the regular point in which S may be represented in a non-parametri d
(3.16) satisfied in sorne disk 2 2 2 (x 1 -a1) + (x -a ) < R • These equations imply the existence 2 2 of functions F(x l' x 2), G( x l ' x ) in this disk, satisfying 2 form.
We then have equations
iJF iJ x l
(4.12)
1+ l pl 2 w
1
iJF iJx 2
•
-
q
w
1+ 1912
p·q iJG iJG = --, iJx w ax 2 l
w
If we set
(4.13)
çl
x 1 + F(x 1, x 2),
ç2
x 2 + G(x 1 , x 2),
we find
açl ax l aç2 ax l
2 1+ 1+ lel w
p·q
=--
w
aç 2 ax 2
açl
p·q w
iJx 2
2 1+ 1+ l ql
w
32
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURFA CES
and
0 .
>
Thus the transformation ( 4 . 13 ) has a local inverse ( Ç"1 • Ç2 ) (x l' x2 ), and setting xk fk(x1, x2 ) for k 3, ., n, we may represent the ->
=
. .
surface in terms of the parameters Ç 1 , Ç2 • We find
2
k = 3,
ax2
a ç-2
-
, n;
. . .
2 W + 1+ IPI JW
3,
. . .
, n.
It follows that with respect to the parameters Ç l' Ç 2 , we have
w2
.
2 , 2W+2+IPI +Iql
so that Çl' Ç2 are isothermal coordinates . COROLLARY. Let xk
2
+
fk(xl' x 2 ), k = 3, , n, define a mini mal surface in non-parametric form. Then the fk are real analytic functions of x1, x2 • . ..
33
ISOTHERMAL PARAMETERS
Proof: In a nei ghborhood of each point we can introduce the m ap (4. 13) which gives local isothermal parameters el,e2 for the surface. By Lemm a 4 . 2, x1 and x2 are h armoni e, hence real an ai'y tic functions of e1 , e2. Thus the inverse map xl' x2""" e1 , (2
is also real an alytic. But each xk is harmonie in e1 , e2 , hence a
real analytic function of x1 , x2.
Let us note in particular that every solution f (x1 , x2)
8
the system (2 ) is automatically analytic. In the case n .
elementary argument of this type was given by Müntz
!
2 c of 3 an
[l] and Rad6
[ 1], who considered, instead of (4 . 13), the mapping el
xl' e2
=
G(x 1 , x2) . This is a somewhat simpler m app ing which also gives isothermal coordinates. However, the mapping (4 . 13) which was introduced in the case n
3 by Nitsche [1] has additional proper
ties which make it particularly useful, as we shall see in the follow ing section. We conclude this section with the following elementary lemma.
1 1
LEM M A 4.5. Let a surface S be defined by x(u) , where ul' u2
are isothermal parameters, and let S be a reparametrization of S
defined by a diffeomorphism u(ü). Then ûl' ü2 are also isothermal: parameters if and only if the map u(ü) is either conforma! or anticonformal. Proof: Since ul' u2 are isothermal, we have gij À2 oij' and by 2 G À2ulu. Thus ül' ü2 isotherma l < > gii À oii < > (À/À)U an orthogonal matrix < > u(ü) is either conformai or anti-
(�.8),
=
conformai. •
34
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
§S. Bernstein' s Theorem. In this section we shall prove several results related to Bern stein's Theorem. Although this theorem is of a glo bal, rather than a local nature, we include it here before our general discussion of surfaces in the large, for two reasons. First, because the proof requires a purely elementary argument, and second, because Bern stein's Theorem provides the motivation for a number of the results that we discuss later on. We begin with sorne element ary lemmas.
5.1. Let E(x l, x 2) ( c 2 in a convex domain D, and suppose that the H es sian matri x LEMMA
( a.�;;J)
is positive definite. Define a mapping
(5.1) Then if x and y are two distinct points of
D,
and if u and v are
their respective image points under the map (5.1), the vectors y -x and v-u satisfy the equation (v-u).(y-x) > 0 .
(5. 2)
Proof:
Let
G(t) = E(ty + (1-t )x), 0 .::; t.::; l.
G '(tl =
and
1
�
1
[/� x
(ty + 0- t)x)
}
Then
y1-x1) ,
35
BERNSTEIN'S THEOREM
2
�
G "(t)
i,j = l >
[ a2E
� cr -
ux.ox. 1
1
(ty+ 0- t)x)l (y.-x .)(y.-x.) J 1 1 J J
0 for 0 < t < 1 .
Hence G'(l)>G'(O), or �v.(y.-x.)>�u.(y.-x.), which is 1 1 1 1 1 1 (5.2).
•
LEMMA 5. 2. (Lewy [ 1]). Under the hypotheses of Lemma 5.1, if we define the map
1
(5.3)
where u / x1, x2) is defined by (5.1), then for any two distinct points
x and y of D, their images
1;
and 11 satisfy
(5.4) Proof: Since 11
from (5. 2).
1; =
(y- x)+ (v-u), this follows immediately
+
COROLLARY. Under the same hypotheses, we have
\17-/;1
(5.5)
>
Ir- xl
.
Proof: By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality,
which applied to (5.4) yields (5.5).
+
LEMMA 5.3. ln the notation of the previous lemmas, if the disk xf + x
f
2 < R ,
D zs
then the map (�.3) is a diffeomorphism of
D onto a domain � which includes a disk of radius
R about
/;(0).
36
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
Proof: The m ap (5 .3) is continuously differentiable, since
E( x 1 , x 2 ) < C 2 . If x ( t ) is any differentiable curve in D, and ÇU ) i ts image, then it follows from (5. 5) that I Ç'( t ) l
>
l x '( t ) l , and
bence the Jacobien is everywhere greater than 1. Th us the m ap is a local diffeomorphism, and by (5 .5) it is one-to-on e, bence a glo b al diffeomorphism onto a domain !'!. We must show that !'! in eludes all points Ç such th at 1 Ç- Ç( 0) 1
<
R. If !'! is the who le
pl ane this is obvious. Otherwise there i s a point Ç in the comple ment of !'! whi ch minim izes th e distance to Ç(O) . Let Ç ( k ) be a sequence of points in !'! whi ch tend to Ç, and let x( k ) be the cor
x(k) cannot have any point of accu
r esponding points in D. The
mulation in D since the i m age of such a point would then be the point Ç, contr ary to the assumption that f is not in !'!. Thus
1 x(k ) l
...
R as k
and sin ce
... oc ,
1 Ç ( k ) - Ç{O) I
>
1 x ( k ) l by (5 . 5), it
follows that 1 Ç- Ç{O)I 2: R, which proves the lemma.
+
/{ x 1 , x 2) be a solution of the minimal sur face equation (3 . 1 0) for x + x < R 2 . Th en using the notation (3.8), (4. 12), th e map {x ' x 2 ) ... (Ç1 , Ç2 ) delined by (4. 13) is a dif l LEM M A 5 . 4 . Let
f
;
feomotphism onto a domain !'! which includes a disk of radius
R
about the point Ç(O).
Proof: It follows from e quations (4. 1 2) that there exists a func tion
E{x l ' x 2) in x
+
x
i
àE àx 1
( 5 . 6) Then
f
E(x 1 , x 2 )
iJ 2 E à x 12
1
<
+
< R 2 satisfying
F,
(JE
à x2
G.
c2 , and l pl 2
w
>
0'
det
a 2E àx1 à x2
à(F, G) à( x 1 , x 2)
1
37
BER NSTEI N•$ THEOREM
by (3 . 12), (3 . 13) and (4. 12). Thus the function E(x 1, x ) b as a po 2 sitive-definite Hessi an m atrix and we may apply Lemmas 5 . 1-5. 3 to it. But by ( 5 . 6), the map (4. 1 3) is just the map (S . 3) applied to this function. Th us Lem m a S . 4 follows immediately from Lemma •
S .3 .
LEMM A s . s . L et f{x r x 2)
t
c 1 in a domain D, where f is
real-valued. N ecessary and sufficient that the surface S: x3 f{x 1 , x 2 ) lie on a plane is that there exist a nonsingular linear
=
transformation { u 1 , u 2 ) parameters on S.
""*
{x 1 , x 2) such tha t u 1 , u 2 are isothermal
Proof: Suppose such parameters u 1, u 2 exist. functions cp (() by (4 .6), k 1, 2, 3, we see that k constant sin ce x and x 2 are linear functions of 1 ( 4. 9), cp 3 must also be constant. Thi s mean s th at
Introducing the
c/> 1 and cp 2 are u 1 , u 2 . But by x3 bas const ant'
gradient wîth respect to u 1 , u , bence also with respect to x 1 , x . 2 2 Thus H x 1 , x ) Ax C. Conversely, if f i s of this form + B x + 1 2
2
=
1
it is easy to write down an explicit l inear transformation yielding isothermal coordin ates; for example, x 1 À Au 1 + Bu , x 2 2 /..B u 1 - Au2 , where t..2 1/0 + A 2 + 8 2 ) . t
=
=
TH EOREM S . l . (Osserman
1
j
[7}). Let f{ x 1, x 2) be a solution o 1
the minimal surface equation (2.8) in the whole x l ' x 2 -plane. Then , i there exists a nonsingular linear transformation (S.7)
xl = u l x2
=
au 1 + bu 2 ,
b
>
0,
such th at (u 1 , u 2 ) are (global) isothermal parameters for the sur face S defined by k
=
3, . . . , n .
38
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
COROL LARY 1. (Bernstein [ 3]). ln the case n = 3, the only
solution of the minimal surface equation in the whole x l ' x 2 -plane is the trivial solution, f a linear fun ction of x 1 , x2 . COROLL ARY 2. A bounded solution of equation (2.8) in the
whole plane must be constant (for arbitrary n) . COROL LARY 3. Let f( x ' x ) be a solution of (2.8) in the
} 2 whole x l ' x 2 -plane, and let S be the surface defined by k = 3, . . , n
(S.8)
.
obtained by referring the surface S to the isothermal parameters given by (S .7). Then the functions (S .9)
k = 3, . . . , n
are analytic functions of u 1 satisfy
n
(S. 10)
I
k= 3
+
iu 2 in the whole u l ' u 2 -plane and
cf>; '-" - l - c 2,
c = a- i b .
Converse/y, gi ven any complex constant c = a - ib wi th b
>
0,
and given any entire functions (f> 3, . . , if; of u 1 + iu2 satisfying n ( S . 1 0) , equations (S. 9) may be used to defi ne harmonie fun etions .
l (u 1 , u 2 ) and substituting u 1 , u as functions of x , x from 2 1 2 k (S .7) into equations (5. 8) yields a solution of the minimal surface
equation (2 .8) valid in the whole x l ' x2 -plan e. Proof of Coro11ary 1: This is an i mmediate consequence of Theorem S . l and Le mma S . S .
t
39
BERNSTEIN'$ THEOREM
Proof of Corollary 2. B y Lemma 4 . 2, each xk , for k
3,
. . . , n,
will be a bounded harmonie function of (u 1 , u2) in the whole u 1 , u2J pl ane, hence constant.
+
Proof of Corollary 3: This is an immediate consequence of L emm a 4. 3 , using the fact th at in view of (5 . 7),
•
- 1
Proof of the theorem: We introduce the map (4. 13) , which i s now defined i n the entire x l ' x 2 -plane. It follows from Lemm a 5 . 4 that this m ap i s a diffeomorphis m 0 f the x 1 , x 2 -plane onto the en tire � 1 . �2 -plane . We know from (4 . 14) that (�1 ' �2) are isothermal p arameters on the surface S defined by xk By Lem m a 4.3, the functions
fk( x l ' x2), k
k
=
3, . . . , n .
1, . . , n .
are analytic functions of (. We note the identity a (x l ' x2) a< � l ' �2> and sin ce the J acobian on the right is alw ays positive, we deduce first th at cp 1 -J. 0,
cp2 f. 0 everywhere, and further that
Thus the function cf>/cf> 1 is analytic in the whole (-plane, has negative im agin ary p art, and must therefore be a con stant:
40
A SURVBY O F MINIMAL SURFACB S
Ç> 2
(5. 1 1)
cÇ> 1 ;
c
a- ib, b > O .
=
T aking the real and i m agin ary parts of equ ation
(5 . 12)
�x 2
a ç2
=
(5. 1 1),
we find
b �� a���+
açt
aç2
If w e now introduce the t r ansfo r m ation
(5. 7),
equations
(5. 12) t ake
the form
1
a u2 a ç2
__
:;:;:;;
-
au l a ç2
--
that is to s ay, the Cauchy-Riemann e qu ations, expressing the con : dition that
u 1 + iu2
is a complex- analytic function of
But this m e ans, by Lemm a 4 . 5 , that
( u 1, u2)
· p arameters, which proves the theorem. We m ay note th at in the cas e n function E( x 1 ( s ee Jôrgens
\ (5.3) !
,
x2)
[ 11 ,
defined by
p.
133),
(5 .6)
Ç1 + iÇ2 .
are also i sothermal
+
3 the introduction of the w as suggested by E . H einz
whereas the applic ation of Lewy ' s m ap
to this function and the resulting elementary p roof of Bern
s tein' s Theorem i s due to N i t s che
[ 1 , 2].
1 The point o f Coroll ary 3 is that it provides a kind of represen� ation theorem for all sol u tions of the minimal surf ace equation :(2.8) over
the whol e
detail the case n 1 s ection
2,
=
x l'
x -pl ane. It i s interesting to examine in 2
4. Then, as we h ave rem arked at the end of
one h as in addition to the tri v i al solutions lk linear,
the solutions
(5 . 13)
13
+ il4
g ( z),
z
x 1 + ix2 ,
41
B ERNSTEIN ' S TH EOREM
where g i s an analytic function of z. For an arb itrary entire func tion g ( z), equ ation
(5. 13) defines
a solution of the m i ni m al surface
e qu ation in the whole x ' x -pl ane. The s ame is true if one sets l 2
(5. 14) Now by Theorem
5. 1,
to every global solution f3 ( x 1 , x ) , f ( x , x ), 4 1 2 2
there corresponds a transform ation
�3 (w), �4 (w),
(5.7)
and entire functions
where w = u 1 + iu , sati sfying 2 -2 -2
(S . 15)
E
- d,
d
± i, then equation
W e consider two cases. F i rst, if c
(5. 10)
re
d u ces to a=
(5. 16) Thus the t r ansfo rm ation
(5. 7) is
or a reflection: w = z, or w = z,
± i<jJ 3 whi ch i s equiv alent to 13
.±
z. Th us the case
c =
lutions
(5. 14).
(5. 13)
and
0, b =
+
l.
either the ident i ty transformation and equation
(5. 16)
i mplies
+ if
4 an analytic function of z or
i corresponds precise! y to the spec i al so
In the second case, c
,P .±
i, w e m ay write e qu ation
(5 . 15) i n
the form
d ,p o .
(5. 17)
Thus, each of the factors on the l eft i s di fferent from zero. In par ticul ar, the function <jJ 3 - i
� 3 - i� 4
=
eH(w)
for sorne entire function H( w). By
(5. 17)
we have
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL S URFACES
- de-H ( w )
J
1and combining these two e quations yields
t•
5 .18)
�3
=
} ( eH ( w) _ de-H ( w ))
'
�4
4
= ( eH ( w ) + de- H ( w 'l)
We can thus describe explicitly in the case
n
4 al i solutions
.of the mini m al surface equation which are valid in the whole x 1 , x 2 jp lane. They are either of the speci al form (5 . 13) or (5. 14), or el se
1 they m ay be obtained by m aking an arbitr ary linear transformation of the form (5 .7), and inserting the constant d
=
1 + (a - i b) 2 in
(5.18) together with an arbitrary entire function H( w) . Let us give a simple ill u stration. We choose a
=-
0, b
=
2 in
1(5.7), and H( w) = w. Then
� 3 � ( e w - 3e- w), �4 = }< e w + 3e-W),
x 1 = u l ' x2 = 2u2 , x3 x4
==
J �3 dw = % cos u2( eu 1 - 3 e- u 1) Re J �4 dw = % sin u2( eu 1 - 3e- u 1 )
Re
=
-
•
W e thus obtain the surface i n non-parametric form: 3 e- x l)
which, as one may verify by a direct computation, provides a glob 1 al solution o f the mini m al surface equ ation for
n
=
4. This surface
[ will be a useful example in connection with our general di scus sion later on. • (See p . 124 . )
*See Appendlx 3 , Section 2 .
P ARAMETRIC SURFA CES:
43
GLOBAL THEORY
§6. Parametric Surfaces: Global Th eory In the previous sect ion we were able to obtain global result s because o f the speci al circumst ance th at we had a global p aramet rizati on in terms of two of the coordinates x l ' x 2 . In the general case we have a surface covered by neighborhoods in each o f which a p arametrization of the form considered in section 1 i s given. In o rder to study the whole surface, we have to first give precise defi nitions. We begin by recalling sorne facts about differentiable mani folds. DEFINITION S. An n-manifold i s a Hausdorff sp ace, each point
of which h as a n eighborhood homeomorphic to a domain in En .
An atlas A for an n-manifold M i s a collection of triples (Ra ,
Oa , F ), where R is a domain in En , O is an open set on M, a a a F is a homeomorphism of R o nto O ' and the union of ali the a a a O equ als M. E ach triple is called a map. a A m anifold M is ori en table if it possesses an atlas for which e ach transformation F - 1 o F{3 preserves orientation wherever i t a i s defined. A n orientation o f M is the choice o f such an atlas. A cr-s tru cture on M is an atlas for which F - 1o F {3 f cr a wherever it i s defined. A conforma! s tructure o n M i s an at las for which F;- 1 o F {3 is a confo rmai map wherever it is defined. REM ARK . By "conformai, " we mean "strict!y conform ai . "
Th us a conform ai structure o n M automatically provides an orien
t ation of M.
-
Let M be an n-manifold with cr-structure A, and M an m-mani-
fold with a cr-structure A . A map t : M map,
denoted f f CP, for
wherever it i s defined .
p
-
-7
M will be called a CP-
� r, if ea�h map
F{3- l
a
foF a
f
CP,
44
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
Let us note, in p arti cul ar, that for ali =
E",
r,
E"
h as a canoni c at c r-structure
defined by !etting A consist of the single triple Ra
=
0a
Fa the identity m ap.
D E FI N I TIO N . A Cr-surface S in E" is a 2 -manifold M with a
c r-structure, to gether with a c r-m ap x ( p) of M into
E" .
Let S be a C r -surf ace in E", A the c r -s tructure on the asso c i ated 2-m anifold M , Ra a dom ain in the u-pl ane, and Rf3 a domain in the Ü- plane. Then the composition of Fa with the m ap x ( p) is a
m ap x ( u) of Ra into E" whi ch defines a local surface in the sense of section 1. The corresponding m ap x ( Ü ) of R f3 into gn defines a loc al s urface obtained from x ( u) by the change of parameters
u(Ù)
=
Fa- l o F {3 . Th us ali local properties of surfaces which are
i ndependent o f parameters are weil defined on a global surface S given by the above definition. In particular, by a point of S we
shall m ean the p air (p 0 , x ( p 0 )) where p0 is a point of M, and we may speak of S being regular at a po int, or of the tangent plane and the mean curvature vector of S at a point, etc .
The global properties o f S will be defined simply to be those
of M. Thus S will be called orien table if M is ori entable , and an
orient ation of S is an orient ation of M. Simil arly for topological
p roperti es of S : S compact, connected, simply conn ected, etc. We sh all now
rn
ake a convention which we shall adhere to
throughout this paper. Ali surfaces considered will be connected and orien table. Obviously, if a surface is not connected one can
consider sep arately eac h connected component, which is also a surface. As for non-o ri ent able surfaces, they are certainly of inter e st, and in p arti cul ar in the case of mini m al su rfaces, since they ari se both analyti c ally as element ary surfaces given by e xpli cit
45
P ARAMETRIC SURFACES: GLOBAL THEORY
formulas, such as He nneberg' s surface (see for exam ple D arboux
[ 1] , §226), and physically as so ap-fi lm surfaces of the type of the Mo bi us strip, bounded by a simple closed curve (see for ex ample Courant [2] , Ch apter IV) . However it is an element ary topological f act that to e ach non-orientable c r- m anifold
M -
an o rientable cr -rn anifold
M
and a cr -map g :
there corresponds
M M, -
__,
su ch th at g
i s a local diffeomorphi sm, and the i nverse i m age of each point of
M
M. -
consi sts of two points of
face x ( p) : where x ( p )
M --> =
Thu s to each non-orient able sur -
E" corresponds an orientable surface x
(p ) :
M -->
E",
x ( g ( p )), and m any properties of the former can be
re ad off immedi ate! y from corresponding properties of the l atter. In p articular, only such p roperties of non-orientable minimal surfaces will be derived in this s urvey .
2 D E F I N I TION . A regular C -surface S in E" is a minimal sur fac e if its mean curvature vector v ani shes at each point. L EM M A 6 . 1 . L et S be a regular minimal surface in E" defined
by a map x ( p) :
M.
M --> E".
Then S induces a conformai structure on
Proof: We are assuming by our convention th at S i s ori ent abl e. L et A be an ori ented atlas of
M. Ra
Let A be the collection of ali
(Ra' Oa, �� such that is a plane dom ain, Oa i s an open 1 set on M, Fa is a homeomorphism of Ra onto Oa, Ffi 0 � pre serves orien t ation wherever defined , and x o Fa : Ra --> E" defines ...
-
...
-
tri ples
-
a local surface in i sotherm al p arameters. By Lem m a 4 . 4 the union
Oa equals M, so that A i s an atlas for M, and by Lemma 4 . 5 e ach Fa - 1 o F{3 i s conformai wherever defined, so th at À defines a conformai structure on M. t -
o f the
-
46
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
Let us note that the introd uction of a conformai structure in thi s way m ay be carried out in gre at generality, since low-order d ifferentiability conditions on S guarantee the existence of local i sothermal p arameters; however, the proof of their exi stence is far more difficult in the general case. We no w discuss sorne b asic notions connected with conforma! s tructure. We note first that if M has a conformai structure, then we can define all concepts which are inv ariant under conformai m apping. In particul ar, we c an s peak of harmonie and subharmonic functions on M , and (complex) analytic m aps of one such m anifold M into another M. A meromorphic function on M is a complex analytic map of M into the Riemann sphere. The l atter m ay be de fi ned
as
the unit sphere: 1 xl = l in E 3, with the conformai struc
t ure defined by a pair of m aps (6. 1)
F1 : x =
(-
2u
(
2ü 1
1 wl
/+-l
'
l wl
1 wl 2 - l ' l 1 wl 2 + l
)
'
1 - 1 wl 2 ' � 1 w1 + l + l
)
'
+
w
and (6 . 2)
l w-1 2
+
1' l w-1
The m ap F1 is c alle d stereographie projection from the point
(0 , 0 , 1 ), the i m age being the whole sphere minus this point. The m ap F1 -
1
is given explicitly by
x 1 + ix 1 2 F1 - .. w = l - x3
(6.3)
1 F1 - o F is simply w "" l/w , a conformai m ap of 0 < l w! < "" 2 onto 0 < 1 w 1 < "" and
.
P ARAMBTRI C S URFACBS: GLOBAL THBORY
47
E" is a n non-constant map x{p) : M ... E , where M i s a 2 -manifold with a D E F I N ITIO N ·
A generalized minimal surface S in
conform ai structure defined by an atlas A =
!(Ra> 0a' Fa)l, such
that each coordinate function x (p) is harmonie on M, and further k more
n
I. cp k2 ( () k= 1
(6.4)
where we set for an arbitrat:y
=
0 .
a,
i:) h
k aç 1
-
. dh
- 1
k aç2
--
Let us make the following comments concerning this definition . First of ali, i f
S
is a regular minimal surface, then using the con
formai structure defined in Lemma 6. 1, it follows from Lemm a 4 . 3 th at
S
is also a generalized minimal surface. Thus the theory of
generalized minimal surfaces includes that of regular minimal sur f aces. On the other band, if
S
is a generalized minimal surface,
then since the map x ( p) is non-constant, at least one of the func tions x (p) is non-constant, which implies that the corresponding k analytic function cp (() c an have at most i solated zeroes. Thus k the equ ation
(6.5)
n
I.
k= l
l cf> k2 ( {;) 1 = 0
can hold at most at i solated points. Then again by Lemma 4 . 3 , if we delete these i sol ated points from
S,
the remainder of the sur
face is a regular minimal surface. TQe points where equ ation (6.5) h olds are called branch points of the surface. If we allow the
48
A SURVEY OF M INIMAL SURFACES
case e ither l{ ()
.
f '(()
n
=
2 in the defi nition of a generalized surface, we find that
x 1 ix 2 +
or
x 1 - ix 2
is a non-constant analytic function
The poin ts at which (6.5) holds are simply those where
0, corresponding to branch points, in the classical sense,
of the i nverse
rn
epping. In the case of arbitrary
n, the difference
between regul er and generalized mi nimal surfaces consists in al lowing the possibility of i solated branch points. There are both p ositive and negati ve aspects to enlargin g the c lass of surfaces to be studied in thi s way. On the one hand, there are certain theo rems one would like to prove fo r reguler minimal surfaces, but which have, up to now, been settled only fo r generalized minimal s urfaces. The classical Plateau problem i s a prime example! On the other h and, there are many theorems where the possible exis ltence of branch points has no effect, and one may as well prove them for the wider class of generali zed minimal surfaces. Let us ,
give an example. LEMM A 6 . 2 . A generalized
Proof: map x(p) : onic on
minimal surface cannot be compact.
S b e a generalized minimal surface defined by a M En . Then each coordinate function xk(p) i s har M, and if M were compact x k(p) would attain its maxi Let
....
mum, hence it would be constant , cont radicting the assumption hat the map
x(p)
is non-constant.
+
Finally, concerning the study of generali zed minima l sur faces , let us note that precisely properties of the branch points 1themselves may be an object of investigation. See, for exemple,
�ers [ 2] and Chen [ 1].
For the sake o f brevity we make the fol lowing convention. We
$hall suppress the adj ecti ves "generalized" and "reguler, " and i•see
Appendtx 3, Section 1.
49
P ARAMETRIC SURFACES: GLOBAL TH EORY
we shall refer simply to "minimal surfaces" except in tho se cases where either the statement would not be true without suitably qual i fying it, or else where we wish to emphasize the fact that the sur face s in question are "re gular" or " generalized. " We next give a brief discussion of Riemannian manifolds. DEFIN ITION . Let M be an n-manifold with a C'-structure de fined by an atlas a
A =
! (Ra ' 0 a ' Fa) l.
A
Riemannian structure on M,or
Cq-Riemarmian metric is a col lection of matrices
Ga, where the 0 $ q S r - l,
e lements of the matrix Ga are Cq·functions on Oa� and at each point the matrix Ga is positive definite, whi le for any
a , f3
such that the map
u ( u) Fa- 1 o Ff3
is defined, the relation
(6.6) m ust hold, where
Fa- l o F (3 •
U
is the J acobian matrix of the transformation
differentiable curve on M i s a differentiable map p(t) of an i nterval [a, b] of the real line into M. The 1ength of the curve p( t), a :S t S b, with respect to a given A
Riemannian metric is defined to be
f \ (t)dt '
(6.7)
a
where for each
p( to) oa, (
(6.8)
t 0, a S t 0 S b,
and we set
h ( t)
=
(
Î 1 é.;/p(t)) u;(t) u/( t � Y:< ,
i,j
Ga
(gii) ,
t0, where u 1 , u 2 are coordinates in Ra . By the definition of h ( t ) is independent of the choice of oa .
for t sufficiently near (6.6),
we choo se an 0a such that
50
A SURVEYO F MINIMAL SURFACES
divergent path on M
A
i s a continuous map
p(t), t ?: , 0,
of the
non-negative reals into M, such that for every compact subset Q o f M, there exists
t0
p( t) i
such th at
Q for
t > t 0.
If a div ergent path i s differentiable, we define its length to be
!0
(6.9) where
h( t )
00
h ( t) dt
i s again defined by (6 .8).
DEFIN I TION. A manifold M is
complete with respect to a
given Riemannian metric if the integral (6.9) diverges for every d ifferentiable divergent path on M. The first investigation of complete Riemannian manifolds was made by Hopf and Rinow [ l] in 193 1 . Since that time thi s subject has been studied extensively, and it is generally accepted that the notion of completeness is the most useful one for the global study o f mani fold s with a Riemannian metric. One of our aims in this survey wi ll be to discuss in detail the s tructure of complete mi ni may surfaces. Fi rst let us make the following observations.
En
Let a cr-s urface S i n
be defined by a map
x(p) :
M
_.
En .
Then thi s map induces a Riemannian structure on M, where for each
a
we set
x( u)
=
x( Fa (u)),
whose elements are (6. 10)
g 1. 1 = a x .
and we define Ga to be the matrix
-
ax.1
·
au.J
Then e quation (6.6) is a consequence of ( 1 .8), and the matrix Ga will be positive definite at each point where S is regular. Thus to each regular surface S in
En
corresponds a Riemannian
51
PARAMETRIC SURFACES: GLOBAL THEORY
2-manifold M. We say that S is complete if M i s complete with r espect to the Riemannian metri c defined by (6. 10). If S is a generalized minimal surface, then there will be iso1 ated
points at which the ma tri x defined by (6. 10) will not be posi
tive definite. However, the function
h ( t)
defined by (6.5) i s sti ll
a non-negative function, independent of the choice of
a,
and we
may still define S to be complete i f the integral (6. 9) diverges for every divergent path. We conclude this section by recal ling sorne basic facts from the theory of 2-m anifolds.
universal covering sur lace which consists of a si mply-connected 2-manifold M and a map 11 : M M, with the property that each point of M has a neighbor First of ail , each 2-manifold M has a
...
hood V su ch th at the restriction of
11
to each component of
i s a homeomorphism onto V. In parti cular, the map
11
11- 1 ( V)
is a local
homeomorphism, and it follows that any structure on M : c r, con
M. I t is not hard to show that M is complete with respect to a given Riemannian metric if and only il M is complete with respect to the induced Riemannian metric. formai, Riemannian, etc. induces a corresponding structure on
Suppose now that S is a mini mal surface defined by a map
x( p) :
M
...
E".
We then have an associated simply-connected mini
rn al surface S, called the by the composed map 1 ar,
universal covering surface of S, d efined x(TT(p)) M E". It follows that S is regu:
...
if and only if S is regular, and S is complete if and only if S
is complete. Thus, many questions concerning mini mal surfaces may be settled by considering only simply-connected minimal sur faces. In that case we have the following important simplification .
52
A SUR VEY OF MINIMAL SUR FACES
L EM M A 6 . 3 . Every simply-connected minimal surface S has a
reparam etri zation in th e form x( () unit disk,
1 (1
<
l,
:
D
�
E", wh ere D i s ei th er th e
or th e entire ( -p lane.
Proof: Let S be defined by x ( p) : M
�
E" .
By L em m a 6 . 2 , M
is not co mpact , and by the Koebe uniform i z ation theorem ( see , for examp le, Ahlfors and S ario
[ l] ,
Ill , 1 1 , G) M i s confo rm ally e quiva
lent to either the unit disk or the plane. The composed m ap
D
�
M
�
E" gives the result.
t
Fin ally, let u s recal l sorne terminology wh i ch distinguishes the t wo c ases in Lemm a 6 . 3 . A 2-m anifold M with a confo rm ai stru cture i s c al l ed hyperboli c i f there exists a non-const ant negative subh armon ic fonction on M, and parabolic otherwise. The fonction R e l (
-
unit disk
1 (1
<
l
ll
sho w s that the
is hyp erbo lic, and it is not h ard to show that the
entire p l an is p arabolic. There are m any interrel ations bet ween the conform ai structu re, the topolo gical structu re , and the Rie manni en structure of a surface. F urthermore, in the c ase of minim al surfaces, we shall see th at e ach of these stru ctu res p l ay s a role in studyin g the geometry o f t h e s u rface.
_
§7.
Minimal Surfaces wi th Boundary. In th i s s ection we shal l investigate sorne properties of minimal
s u rfaces with bound ary. We do not go into det ail on Pl at e au ' s prob l em fo r the reasons mentioned in the introdu ction , but we i nclude a brief discu ssion i n the context of the present p aper.
DE FINITION . A sequence of points pk on a m anifold M is divergent if it h as no points of accumu l at ion on M. I f S is a m i nim a l su rface defined by a m ap x ( p) : M -+ E", the boun dary values of S are the set of points of the form li rn x ( p ) , k for all divergent se qu ences pk o n M. REM A RK . If M is a bounded domain in the p l ane , then a se quence p
k
in M is div ergent i f and only if it tend s to the bound ary
I f x( p) extends to a continuous m ap of the do sure
M,
th en the
b oundary values of S are the i m age of the bound ary of M . LEM M A
7 . 1.
Ev ery minimal surface li es i n the con vex hull o f
i ts boundary values. Proof: Let S be a mini m al surf ace defined by x ( p) : M -+ E". Suppose t h at the bound ary v alues of S lie in a h al f sp ace n
L ( x) =
� k=
The function h ( p)
=
a x - b :::; o . k k 1
L( x ( p) ) i s h armonie on M, and by the maxi
mum pri nci p le, h ( p) 5: 0 on M.
Namely, if s u p h ( p) = m, we m ay
c hoose points p k such t h at h ( p k) -+ m.
lf the pk h ave a po i nt of
accum u l ation in M , then h( p) wo uld assume its maxim u m at t h i s point, h ence be constant. B ut choo sing an arbitrary divergent seq u en ce qk we wo uld h ave h ( q ) k
=
m for
�11 k,
) � 0,
and l i m h( q
54
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL S U RFACES
m < O. On the other hand, i f pk i s divergent, then again limh ( pk) :5 O. Thus L(x(p)) :5 0 on M, so that S lies i n the h alf-space L(x) :::; O. But the convex hull of the boundary values bence
m
is the intersection of ali the half-spaces wh ich contain them, and
S
lies in thi s i ntersection.
t
Let x(u) be a minimal surface in isothermal pa rameters defined in a plane domain D. Then x(u) cannot be con stant along any fine segment in D. Proof: Since the map x(u) i s one-to-one in the nei ghborhood LEMM A 7 . 2 .
of a regular point, and since the branch points, i f any, are i solated, the result follows im mediately.
t
Let x(u) be a minimal sur face in isoth ermal parameters defined in a semi-disk D : 1 ul < E , u 2 > O. Suppose there exists a line L in space such thal x(u) .... L when u 2 .... O. Then x(u) can be extended to a generalized minimal surface defined in the full disk 1 ul < E . Furthermore this extended surface is symmetric in L. Proof: By a rotation in En we may suppo se that L is given by the equations xk 0, k 1, , n - l. Then the functions xk(u), for k 1, . . . , n- 1, m a y be extended by setting xk(u 1 , 0) 0, xk (u 1, u 2) = - xk (u 1, - u 2). These extended functions are harmonie LEM MA 7 .3. {Reflection principle).
=
=
. . .
=
=
in the full disk, by the r eflection principle for harmonie functions. T hus the functio n s
k=
l,
. . .
,n
-
1
are analytic in the full disk and are pure i maginary on the real axis.
MINIMAL
SURFACES
WITH
BOUNDARY
55
By the equation
4>; we see that
4>;
n- 1 = -
I
k=
1
4>;
extends continuously to the real axis and has non-
negative real values th ere. lt follows that
4> n
extends continuous
1
xn a xn ;au2 0
ly to the real axis and has real values there. By i ntegration, extends continuously to the real axis, and satisfies there. If we then set
xn (u 1, u 2) xn (u 1, - u 2 ) =
d i sk we obtain the desired result.
=
in the lower h alf
t
Let x(u) be a minimal surface in isotherme! pa rameters defined in a disk D. Then x(u) cannot tend to a single point along any boundary arc of D. Prool: If it did, we could apply Lemma 7.3, after a preliminary LEMM A 7.4.
conformai map of D onto the upper half-plane, and extend the sur
face over a segment of the real axis. lt would then be constant on this segment, contradi cting Le mm a 7. 2.
t
We now state the fundamental existence theorem concerning th exi stence of a minimal surface with prescribed boundary. TH EO R EM 7 . 1 (Douglas
[1] ). Let 1 be an arbitrary jordan curve in E". Then there exists a simply-connected generalized* minimal surface bounded by r. W e content ourselves here with an outline of the proof, based on i m portant modifications due to Courant [ 1,
2].
We refer also to
the versions given in the books of Rade [3] , Lewy
hedi an [ 1].
Fi rst of
ali,
*See Appendlx 3.
[21 , and Gara
let us give a precise statement of the concl usion.
Section 1.
1
56
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
Let us use the following notation:
D is the unit disk: u f + uff < 1 D i s the closure : uf + uff :5 1
C i s the boundary :
uf u] +
=
l.
The result is th at there exists a map
x( u) x( u) x(u)
i) i i) i ii)
x(u) :
D
....
En, such th at
is continuous on D , restricted to D is a minimal surface, restricted to c is a homeomorphism onto r .
This mapping i s obtained by the method o f minimizi ng the Di richlet i ntegral. To each m ap x(u) < C 1 in D, we denote by
i ts Dirichlet integral. In order to single out a suitable class of m appings in which the Dirichlet integral will attain a minimum, we consider monotone maps of C onto r ; that is, maps such th at if c is traversed once in the positive direction, then r is traversed ont:e also in
&
given direction, although we allow arcs of C to map
onto single points of r.
To a given Jordan curve r we associ ate the class H of m aps
lx(u) :
a) b) c) d)
D
...
En h aving the following properties:
x ( u) x(u) �( x) x(u)
is continuous in D ; 1 in D ; f. C <
oo
restricted to c is a monotone map onto r.
t may well be that H i s empty. However, we m ake the following assertions. 1.
If r i s piecewise differentiable (in particular, a polygon),
57
MINIMAL SUR FACES WITH BOUNDARY
o r i f r is even rectifiable, then H is not empty. 2. Whenever H i s not empty there exists a map y ( u) that :i) ( y) :S. � ( x) for all x ( u) f H .
<
H such
3. This map y ( u) s atis fies the conditions i), ii), iii) above fo
a solution of our problem. We now outline the proof o f these assertions. 1. If we l et s be the parameter of arc length on r, L its total
2rr s/L, then the m ap x ( ei t ) : C .... r c an be extend ed by the Poisson integral applied to each coordinate xk( e i t ) to a
length, and t
m ap o f i5
d v
-+
=
En which will be in H.
2. Let d inf :D ( x) for x < H, and let x"'(u) < H sueh th at :D ( xv) .... d. For e ach , define xv(u), by !etting x� ( u) be v
=
the h armonie function in D h aving the same boundary values as x�(u). Then x Y(u)
:î) ( X Il) .:5 :D ( x v), by the pro perty o f harmonie funetions to minimize the D irichlet integral <
H, and bence d .:5
with given boundary values. Now fix three points on C and three points on r' and let H be the subset of H for which x ( u) maps the former onto the l atter in a given order. By a linear fraetional transformation o f D, we can obtain from e aeh i Y( u) an i V(u) < Îl, and � ( � v)
:i) ( XY), One then proves the fundamental lemma that
boundary m aps x v : C
....
r must be equicontinuous. We ean there
fore find a subsequenee of the iV whieh converge uni formly on C, bence in the closed disk D, and the limit will be a m ap y ( u) with :D (y) d.
<
Îl,
3 . The m ap y ( u), being the uni form limit o f harmonie functions
in D is also h armonie in D. One shows by a variation & argument that such a map must define a generalized minimal sur face in D. Since the bound ary eorrespondence is monotone. the only way it
58
A SURVEYOFMINIMAL SURFACES
c ould fail to be one-to-one i s if a whole boundary a rc m aps onto a point, but by Lem ma 7 . 4 this i s impossible. Th us the map y ( u) s ati sfies conditions i), ii), iii) and solves the problem. For the final st ep in the proof of Theorem 7 . 1 , Dougl as shows t h at i f r i s an arbitr ary Jord an curve, it can be approxi m ated by a sequ ence of polygon s , and the corresponding sequence of mini mal surfaces will tend to a surface which again s at i sfies i ) , ii), iii). +
REM A R K S · 1 . The re st riction that the surfac e S be si mply connected is neither necessary, nor from a certain point of view, n atural. ln fact, i f one proceeds to construct minimal surfaces physically, using a piece of wire and soap solution, one finds i n many cases surfaces o f higher genus and connectivity, including, among the si mplest, the Mobius stri p. For further di scussion of this theory we refer to the fundamental paper of Dougl as [ 2] , and the book of Courant [ 2] . We l imit ourselves here to mentioning two of the most striking f acts concerning the order of compl ications t h at m ay arise. First of ali there exist rectifi abl e J ordan curves r which bound a non-denumerable number of d istinct mini m al surfaces 1(Lév y [ l] ) ; s econd, there e xi st rect ifi able J ordan curves r for which a surface of m inimum area bounded by r must have i nfinite connectivity (Fleming [ 1 ] ). 2. In the past few years an entirely new appro ach to Plateau ' s ,problem b as been instit uted, i n which one seeks a minimum of
l area among a very general c l ass o f objects,
instead of rest ricting
�he competition to surface s , and then shows that there is a mini b izing object whi ch is in fact
a surface. In a pioneering work o f
R eifenberg [ lL the class o f objects cons idered are comp act subets h aving a given bound ary in a certain sense, and the 2-dimen-
59
MINIMAL SURFACES WITH BOUND ARY
s i on al H ausdorff m e asure is minimi zed. Two m ajor advantages of this method is t h at it c an be applied to higher di mensional sub v arieties, in which case one minimizes the m-dimensional Haus dorff m easure, and that in the 2-dimensional case one obt ai ns not o nly a generalized m i n i m al surface, but in f act a regul ar one. The l atter follows from the combi ned results of Reifenberg
[ 2] ,
2,
3] ,
an
4, p. 70 of [ 1] together with [ 3]. Flem
in particular, from Theorem i ng
[ 1,
b asing on the methods of Federer and F leming
[ 1] ,
shows
the exi stence of a regular oriented m i n i m al surface bounded by an oriented rectifi ab le J ord an curve
'
See also t he discussion in
[ 3] .
Almgren
3.
r.
One of the major open problems concerning Theorem 7. 1 i s
whether there, in fact, e xi sts a regular simply-connected mini m al surface bounded by an arbitrary J ordan curve
r.• Th is w as actual
l y the way P lateau 's p roblem was ori ginal ly envis ageâ , and in thi s form it is still unsol ved. In the following lemm as we giv e sorne in formation concerning c ases in which the surface constructed i n Theorem 7 . 1 must, in fact, b e regul ar. L EM M A 7 . 5 (Rado
[31 ,
h armonie in the uni t disk
III . 7 ) . Let h ( u 1 , u ) he non-constant 2
D,
continuous in the closure
that the gradien t of h vanishes at a poin t (a , a ) in 1 2 h(a , a ) 1 2 of
D
>
D.
Suppose
Th en if
b, there are at !east four distinct points on the boundarY1
where h takes on the value b.
Proof: L et h
fi.
tl be a component of the set of points in ii where
b. Th en at bound ary points of
S ince h
/=
b, e ach component
bound ary of
D with
h > b.
tl interior to D we h ave
h
=
b.
tl m u st have bou n dary points on the
Simil arly for each compon ent of the set
where h < b. In the nei ghborhood of the ·poi nt ( a , a ) there are at 1 2 •see Appendtx 3, Section
1.
60
A SUR VEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
l e ast two components of the set h > b, and two of the set h < b. If the former were part of a single component � in which h > b, then we could find an arc j oining the� which could be completed to a Jordan curve in D through (a 1 , a 2) , and 'thi s curve would com p letely enclose a domain in wh ich h < b, contradicting our previous conclusion that such a dom ain must go to the boundary of D. T hus
there are at l e ast two distinct components where h > b and two
where h < b, and e ach of these intersect s the bound ary at points where h
1= b.
But if there were at most three bound ary point s where
h "" b, there would be at most three complement ary arcs on e ach of which h > b or h < b, bence at most three components of sets
h
>
b and h
<
b, which contradicts what we h ave shown.
•
L EM M A 7 . 6 . L et r be a Jordan curve in En, and let x ( u) be
a simply-connected generalized minima! surface bounded by r in the sense of Theorem 7. 1 . Then ei ther x ( u) is in !act a regular
minimal surface or else r has the property that for sorne point in
En, every hyperplane through this point intersects r in at /east four dzstinct poin ts.
Proof: We u se the not ation of the proof of Theo rem 7 . 1 . Thus x ( u) is continuous in
D,
and defines a generali zed mini m al surface
i n D. Suppose that at sorne point ( a 1 , a2) of D, x ( u) fails to be regul ar. Then at this point all the functions
must vanish. If L( x)
=
� ak x k
+
c·"" 0 is the equ ation of an arbi
t r ary hyperpl ane through the point x ( a 1 , a 2) , then h ( u 1 , u2 )
=
( x ( u 1 , u 2)) is a function sati sfying the hypotheses of Lemm a 7 . 5 ,
61
MINIMAL SURFACES WITH BOUNDARY
with b on
=
O. It follows that there are at le ast four distinct points
r where L ( x)
0, which proves the lemm a.
=
This lem m a shows that unless
•
r is fairly complicated, the
s urface that it bounds has no branch points. In many specifie c ases we m ay assert the existence of regul ar sim ply-connected s urfaces boun ded by
r, thus giving in those c ase s a complete so
l ution of P l ateau ' s problem. TH EO R EM
7 . 2 .• Let D 1 be a bounded convex domain in the
( x 1, x ) - plane, and let C 1 be its boundary. Let gk( x 1 , x ), 2 2 3,
. .
k
=
. , n, be arbi trary continuous fun etions on C 1 . Th en there ex
ists a so lution
of th e minimal surface equation
(2 . 8) in D 1 , such that fk( x1 , x2 )
takes on the boundary values gk( x l' x ) . 2 Proof: The boundary C 1 of D 1 is a J o rdan curve( even recti f i able) and the functions gk( x 1 , x ) define a Jordan curve 2 which proj ects onto C 1 . ous rn ap x( u)
:
D
->
By Theorem
r in E "
7 . 1 , there exists a continu-
E " of the unit disk
1 u 1 ::;
l whic h de fines a
m i nim al surface in the interior D, and t akes the boundary C homeo morphi cally onto
r. It follows that the m ap (u l' u 2 ) ... ( x l , x ) i s 2
a continuous m ap of
D
whi ch is h armonie i n t h e interior an d m aps
C homeomorphically onto C 1 . By Lemm a
7 . 1 , the im age of D must
lie in D 1 . Furthermore , the J acob ian ne ver vanishes in D. N ame ly , if at sorne point (a 1, a ) in D the J acobi an were to vanish, th en 2 the rows of the J acob ian m atrix would be linearly dependent at this point, i . e . , for suit able constants ,\ 1 , •see Appendtx 3. Section 5.
À::!•
we would have
62
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
o .
0,
Th en the function h ( u l ' u ) "" A 1 x 1 ( u 1 , u 2 ) 2
+
A2 x 2 (u 1 , u ) wou l d
s at i sfy t h e hypotheses o f Lemma 7 . 5 and it would fol lo w th at
A 1x1
+
A2 x 2 would take on the s ame value at fou r d i s t inct points
o f C 1, which is impossible by the convexity of D . We therefore
1
conc lude that the m ap ( u 1 , u ) ... ( x 1 , x 2) is a local di ffeomorphism
2
i n D , and since it maps C h omeomorphi cally onto C , i t i s a g l o 1 b al di ffeomorphism o f D onto D . 1
xk , k
3,
.
.
We m ay therefore express the
. , n a s funct ions of x l ' x2, and these functions will
s at i s fy the concl usio n of our theorem .
t
Let us note in conclu sion th at except for the proof of Theorem
. 1 , ali the results in thi s section h ave been adapted from th e treat ment f o r the c as e
n
=
3
i n t h e book o f Rado
[3].
3 PARAMETRIC SURFACES lN E . THE GAUSS MAP
§8. Parametric Surfaces in
E 3 . Th e Gauss Map.
In everything we have clone up to now, there is e i ther no d i f ference at a l l , or e l s e very little difference, between the c lass i cal c ase of three dim ens ions and the case of arbitrary n.
We shal l
now discuss severa! re sults whi ch e i ther have not been extended to arbitrary n , or else require a much more e l aborate d i scussion to d o so. W e s t art with the import ant observation that for the c as e n =
3
w e are able to describe explic itly ali so lutions of the equation
(8 . 1) L EM M A 8 . 1 . Let
D be a domain in the cornplex (,-plane, g ( (,)
an arbi trary meromorphic lune tion in D and f( (,) an analytic lun e
l
1
tion in D having the property that at each point wh ere g ( (,) has él pole of order m, f( (,) has a zero of order at !east 2m. Then the functions cf>
(8 . 2)
3 = fg
will be analytic in D and s atisfy (8 . 1) . Conversely, every triple o f analytic functions in D satisfying (8. 1 ) may be represented in the form ( 8 . 2), except for
c/> 1
i cf> , 2
c/> 3 � 0.
Proof: Th at the functions (8. 2) satisfy (8. 1) is a di rect cal cu - ' l ation. Conversely , given any solution of (8 . 1 ), we sf't
(8.3)
If we w r i t e (8. 1) i n the form
(8.4)
64
A SU R VEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
we find
(8.5)
2 = -
.
= -
[� 2
.
Combining (8 .3) and (8 .5) yie lds (8. 2). The condition relating the zeros of
1
and the poles of
�
must obviously hold , since otherwise
by equation (8 .5),
=
0 , which is the exception al cas e mentioned.
Every simply-connected minimal surface in E 3 can be represented in the form LEM M A 8 . 2.
k
(8 .6)
=
1, 2, 3
where the E 3 where D is either the disk or the plane, the coordin ates xk being h armonie in ' If we set ·
:
·
then these functions will be analytic and (8.6) will hold (the inte-
P ARAME TRIC SURFACES
IN
E 3 . THE GAUSS MAP
65
tegral being independent of path). F or a generalized minimal sur face the equation (8. 1) must hold and by Lem ma 8 . 1 we have the r epresentation (8 . 2). The surface will fail to be regul ar if and only if all the when pole.
f
==
v anish simultaneously, which happens precisely
0 where
•
g
i s regular or when
fg 2 0 ==
where
g
has a
Let us note that representations of the form (8 . 2), (8.6) were first given by Enneper and Weierstrass, and have played a major r ole in the theory of minimal surfaces in
E 3.
For one thing, they
allow us to construct a great variety of specifie surfaces having i nteresting properties. For example, the most obvious choice :
f 1, g ( () =
=
(, le ad s to the surface known as Enneper' s
surface.
M ore important, this representation allows u s to obtain general theorems about minimal surfaces by translating the statements in to corresponding statements about analytic functions. ln order to do th is we must first e xpress the basic geometrie quantities asso ciated with the surface in t erms of the functions
f, g .
F ir st o f ali, the tangent plane i s generated by the vectors
It follows that (8.7) where
F urthermore
66
A SURVEY OF MI NIMAL SURFACES
and substituting in (8.2) we arrive at the expression
From thi s it fol lows that
and
(
(8.8)
! gl + 1
---,
2I m l g l
2 R el g l '
! gl 2 + 1
is the unit norm al to the surf ace with the standard orientation. Now given an arbitrary regular surface x ( u) in E 3, one de fines the Gauss map to be the map
(8.9 )
x ( u)
-.
ax aul
N(u) 1
é1..?!.
au l
x
x
é1..?!.
au 2 ax 1 au2
of the surf ace i nto the unit sphere.
LEMM A 8 . 3 . If x( ( ) : D -. E 3 defines a regular minimal sur
face in isothermal coordinates, then the Gauss map N( () de/ines a complex analytic map of D into the uni t sphere considered as the Riemann sphere. Proof: Formul a (8 .8) compared with formul a (6. 1) for stereo -> N( () followed
graphie proj ection shows that the G auss map x ( ()
3 P ARAMETRIC SURFACES lN E : THE GAUSS MAP
67
by stereographie projection from the point ( 0, 0 , 1) yields the mero·
•
morphic function g( �).
Let us note th at in general the G aus s map cannot be defined i f a surface is not regul ar. However, for a generalized mini m al sur· face the G auss map extends continuously, and even an alytical ly, t o the branch poin ts, the normal N being given by the right·hand side of (8.8). LEM MA 8.4. L et x( �) : D -+ E 3 define a generali zed minimal
surface S, where D is the entire �-plane. Then either x ( �) lies on a plane, or else the normals to S take on ali directions with at most two exceptions. Proof: To the surface S we associ ate the function g ( �} which { ails to be defined only if 4> 1 = i 2 , 4> 3 O. But in thi s c as e x3 i s constant and the surface lies in a plane. Otherwi se g ( �) is m eromorphic in the entire �-p lane, and by Pic ard's theorem it either t akes on ali v alues with at most two exceptions, or else is constant. But by (8 .8) the same alternative applies to the norm al N, and in the l atter case S lies on a plane.
•
LE M M A 8 . 5 . Let f( z) be an analytic function in the unit disk
D which has at most a finite number of zeros. Then there exists a
divergent path C in D such that (8. 10)
f \ f( z) \ \ dz \ c
< ""' .
Proof: Suppose first that f( z) /. 0 i n D. Define z w F(z) f( �) d� . =
=
1 0
68
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURF ACES
Th en F ( z) maps 1 zl < 1 onto a Riemann surface which h as no bran ch points. If we let z funct ion satisfy ing G(O)
G( w) be that branch o f the inverse
0, then since I G( w) l < 1, there is a 1 argest d isk 1 wl < R < "" in which G( w) is defined. There must =
then be a point w0 with l w0 1 "' R such that G( w) cannot be ex tended to a neighborhood of w0 . Let L be the line segment w t w0 , 0 :S t < 1, and let C be the image of L under G( w). Then C must be a divergent path, since otherwise there would be a se quence t
...
1 such that the corresponding sequence o f points z n on C would converge to a point z0 in D. But then F( z0) w0, and since F '( z0) f( z0) 1= 0, the function G( w) would be extend n
=
=
able to a neighborhood o f w0 . Thus the path C is divergent, and we h ave
/_ l f{ z) l l dz l = j0
1
c
l f( z) l l �� ! dt = dt
10
1
1 q_'!:. l dt = R < dt
e.o .
This proves the lemma if f( z) h as no zeros. But if it has a finite n umber o f zeros, s ay o f order v k at the points zk , then the func tion f( z) n
(� - )11k 1
z - zk
never vanishes, and by the above argument there exists a divergent path C such that fe l f 1 ( z) l l dzl < oo. But l f( z) i < l f1 ( z) l through out D, and (8 . 1 0) follows. t THEO R EM 8. 1. L et 3
in E . Then either where dense.
S
S
be a complete reguiar minimal surface
is a plane or else the normals to
S
are every
3 P ARAMETRIC SURFACES IN E : THE GAUSS MAP
Proof:
69
Suppose that the normals to S are not every where dense.
Then there exists an open set on the unit sphere wh ich is not inter sected by the i m age of S under the G auss m ap . By a rot at ion in sp ace we m ay assume that the point (0, 0, Then the unit normals
N
�
(N 1, N 2, N 3 )
1)
is in thi s open set.
s at i sfy
s arn e i s true of the uni versai covering surfac e b e represented in the form x ( () : t he unit disk. But
N 3 :S Tf < 1 n ot vanish. But
and by Lemma
D
D
...
E
3
N 3 :S:'I < 1.
S
where
o f S, which m ay
D
i s the plane or
(8.8), f(() can-
cannot be the unit disk, be c ause by
1 g( () 1 s M < oo, and since S i s regu l ar by (8.7) the length of any p at h C would
8 .5
The
there would exist a divergent path
C
be
for which
this integral converges, and the surf ace would not be complete.
D
Thus
is the entire p l ane , and since the normals om i t more than
t wo points, it follows from Le m m a
8.4
that
S
must lie on a plane.
The s ame is then true of S, and since i t is complete, S must be the whole pl ane.
+
Let us note that Theorem
8. 1
h as as an i m me di ate consequence
the theorem of Bernstein. In fact, a non-pararnetric m i n i m al surface in
E
3
defined over the who le x 1, x 2 -plane i s a complete regular
surface whose normal s are contained in a hemi sphere, hence it must be a plane. On the other h and, Theorem
8. 1
l eads naturally to the qu estion,
given a complete m i n i m al surface S , not a pl ane, wh at can be sai d about the s i ze of the set of points on the sphere omitted by the G auss m ap of S? Theorem
8. 1
tell s u s that, at le ast if S i s regular,
70
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
the omitted set c annot contain a neighborhood of any point. A much stronger result can be obtained by introducing th e notion of sets of
Iogarithmic capacity zero. We may define these to be closed sets on the sphere whose complement is parabolic in th e sense of con form ai structure. (See the discussion at the end of section
6. )
lt
is weil known that p arabolicity i s e quival ent to the non-existence of a Green' s function. ( See, for example, the book of Ahlfors and Sario [ 1] , IV L EM M A
6
and IV
22.)
8 . 6. Let D be a domain in the complex w-plane. The
complement E of D on the Riemann sphere has Iogarithmic capac i ty zero if and on !y if the fun ction log ( l + \ w\ 2) has no harmonie majorant in D. Prao!: Suppose first th at there exist s a harmoni e function h(w) in D such th at log( l + \ w\ 2 ) S h( w) every where. Th en - h( w) is a negative h armonie function in D, and hence E h as positive log arithmic capaci ty. Conversely, if E has positive logarithmic cap aci ty, th en for any point w0 in D the re exi sts a G reen ' s function G( w, w 0 ) with pole at w0 . By defini tion , G( w, w 0) + log \ w- w 0 \
h(w), where h ( w) i s h armoni e in D, and G( w, w 0) > 0, so that log \ w - w 0 \ < h(w) . The function log [ ( l + \ w\ 2 )/\ w - w \ 2] is con 0 tinuous on th e comp act set E, hence h as a fi nite m aximum M. Thus i f w 1 is any bound ary point of D, we have lim [ log O + \ w\ 2 ) W -> wl
-
2h(w)] S l im
w -> wl
[ log ( l + \ w\ 2 )
-
2 1 og \ w- w 0 \]
< M. 2
ut log( l + \ w\ ) i s subh armoni c in D, and by the maximum prin iple we have log( l + \ w\ 2 ) :S 2h( w) + M throughout D.
+
3 P ARAMETRIC SURFACES IN E :
TH EOR E M
8. 2." Let
E 3 . Then either age of
S
S
71
TH E GAUSS MAP
be a complete regular minimal surface in
S
is a plane, or else the set E omitted by the im
under the Gauss map has capacity zero.
Prao!: If
S
is not a plane , then the i m age of S under the Gauss
m ap is an open connected set on the sphere, and the complement of the i m age is therefore a compact set• E. If E is empty there i s nothing to prove. Otherwi se we m ay assume that the set E includes the point ( 0, 0, l), after a preli minary rotation of coordinates. Again we m ay pass to the universal covering surface
S
of S, whose G auss
m ap omits the same set E. The surface S is given by a map
x ( Ç} : D -> E 3 , where D is either the plane or the uni t disk. In the former c ase we know that the set E can contain at most two points and hence certainly has capacity zero. Let us examine the case where D is the disk
1 (1 <
l. We have the associ ated function g ( ()
which i s analytic in D , and by the regularity of
S� /(() f. 0
in D.
Suppose n o w that E did n o t h ave capacity >:ero. Then in the image
D 1 of D under the m ap w
=
g ( () , there would be a h armonie func
tion h ( w) m ajori zing log( l + l wl 2 ) . Then h (g ( () ) i s harmonic in
D, and is the real part of an afl alyti c function · G( () in D. Finally, F(() eG ( ( ) is analytic in D and never zero. For an arbitrary path =
C in D, we h ave the length
But the function
/(() F ( ()
never vanishes in D, and by Lemma
8 .5
there would be a divergent path C for whi ch th e integral on the right converges, and the surface S would not be compl ete. Thus the set
E must in fact h ave capacity zero , and the theorem is proved. •see Appendlx 3, Section 4.
+
72
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
TH EO REM 8 . 3 . Let E be
an
arbi trary set of k poin ts on the
unit sphere, where k ::; 4. Th en there exists a complete regular minimal surface in E 3 whose image under the Gauss map omits preci se/y the set E. Proof: By a rotation we m ay assume that the set E contains t h e point
(0, 0, 1).
If t h i s is only point , then Enneper' s surface
d e fined e arl ier (by s etti n g f( ()
=
1, g ( ()
()
solves the problem.
O t herwi se l et t h e other points of E correspond to the points wm ,
m
=
1, . . . , k - 1 , under stereographie proj ec tion. If we set g ( ()
f ( ()
'
'
( (- wm )
n m
=
1
and use t h e repre sentation (8.2), (8 .6) in the whol e ( - p l ane minus the points wm
,
we obtain a m inim al surface whose normals omit
precisely the points of E, by (8 .8), and whi ch is complete, because a divergent p ath C must tend ei ther to
oo
or t o one of the points
wm , and in e ith er c ase, we have
We m ay note t h at the integrais (8 . 6) may not be single-valued, but b y p assing to t h e unive rsal coverin g surface we get a single-valued m ap d efining a surface h avin g the same properti es.
t
Let us r eview briefly the historical development of the above heorems. Theorem 8 . 1 , with t h e additional assumption th at S be simply connected w as conj ectured by Ni renberg as a n atural gener alization of Bern stei n ' s theorem, and it was proved in O sserm an[ l]. T h e p resentation given h ere fol lows th at of O sserman
[ 3] ,
where it
73
3 P ARAMETRlC SURFACES IN E : THE GAUSS MAP
i s observed th at simple connecti vity is irrelevant and where the formulas
(8 .2), (8 .6), (8.8)
are used to reduce geometrie statements
of this kind to purely analytic o n es . Lemm a the c ase f ( z)
,f, 0, and Theorem
8.2
8.5
i s given there fo r
is st ated as a conjecture. At
the end of the p aper there is given a proof of Theore m
8.2
due to
Ahlfors, who obs erved that u si n g the above-mentioned reduction to an alytic functions the result followed from a theorem of Nevanlinna. Ahlfors also s uggested the reasoning wh ich allows one to include in Lemma
8.5
functions / ( z) with a fini te n u mber o f zeros . Thi s
allows u s to m ake the followin g geometrie conclusio n : Theorems
8. 1 and 8. 2 remain valid lor generalized minimal surfaces, provided that they are simply connected and have only a finite number of branch poin ts. F urthermore, Ahlfors observed that Lemma
8.5
con
t inues to hold if f( z) h as an i nfi nite number of zero s, provided that their Bl ashke product is convergent.
Thus Theorems
8.1
and
8.2
continue to hold fo r a certain class o f general i zed minimal surfaces which h ave an i n finite number of branch points, but it is not clear how to characterize this cla s s geometrically. On the other band, let u s note the followi n g. There exist complete generalized minimal
s urfaces, not lying in a plane, whose Gauss map lies in an arbi tra ri/y small neighborhood on the sphere. In fact, we need only choose D to be the unit disk
1 ��
g( ()
< l,
=
E ( for any gi ven E >
f ( (> a fu nction an alytic i n D such th at fe l / ( () 1 I d(! d i vergent p ath C.
= oo
0, and
for every
Such functio n s / (() may be constructed in a va
r iety of ways . Retur n in g to Theorem
8 . 2,
the proof given here, which does not
depend on Nevanl i n n a ' s theory of functions of bounded c h aracteris t i c , is t aken from Osserman
[4}.
Theorem
8. 3
is due to Voss
[ ].] .
A SUR VEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
i
An example of a complete surface whose normal s omit 4 directions had been given earlier i n Osserman [3], and it was l ater observed i n Osserman [6], that the classical minimal surface of Scherk pro v ides still another example. The obvious question which arises when comparing Theorem s 8 .2 and 8.3 is the exact size of the set E omitted by the normals.* Specifically the following: Problems 1 . Do there exist complete regular minimal surfaces
1 whose i m age under the Gauss map covers ali of the sphere except : for any arbitrary finite set of points E given in advance? 2. Does th ere exist a complete regular minimal surface whose i m age under the G auss m ap is the complement of an infinite set E !o f capacity zero?
.•see Appendix 3, Section 4.
!
3 SURFACES IN E . GAUSS CURVATURE AND TOTAL CURVATURE
75
§9. Surfaces in E3 . Gauss Curvature and Total Curvature. We continue our study of minimal surfaces in E 3 , using the represent ation (8. 2). The second fundamental fonn was defined in (1. 27) with re spect to an arbitrary normal vector N . Since i t is line ar in N, and
since in E3 the nonnal space at each point is one-dimensional, it i s sufficient to define
b I J.( N) .
for a single normal N which is usu al-
ly chosen to be that in (8 . 8). By a calculation one finds the following expression for the second fundamental form for a minimal surface in the representation (8. 2) :
Since by (8 . 7) we h ave I g
. .
lJ
dÇi �Çi dt
dt
=
[ i t i 0 + 1 Ai 2 ) ] 2 i !i.'- ! 2 , 2
dt
it fo llows by (1. 28) that the normal curvature i s given by
The maximum and minimum of this expression , as to 2rr, were defined
in
a
varies from 0
( 1 . 30) to be the principal curvatures. They
are obviously (9.2) Now for an arbitrary regular c 2 -surface in E 3 one defines the Gauss curvature K at a point as the
v atures:
product of the principal cur
76
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
(9. 3) LEMM A 9 . 1 . Let x ( () : D -+ E 3 define a minimal surface. Then
using the representation (8. 2), the Gauss curvature at each point is given by (9.4)
Proof: (9. 2) and (9 . 3).
•
CO RO L L ARY. The Gauss curvature of a minimal surface is non-positive and unless the surface is a plane i t can have only iso1 ated
zeros.
Proof: By (8.8), S is a plane <� N constant � g con
stant � g '
=
O. But g ' is an alytic and either has i solated ze-
ros or is identically zero.
•
Let us note the import ant formula (9.5)
which may be verified by a direct computation from (8. 7) and (9. 4). Actually it is proved in differentiai geometry that formul a (9.5) holds for an arbitrary surface in terms of isothermal parameters, g 1. ]. 2 >.. oii . Consider now, for an arbitrary minim al surface in E 3, the follow =
ing sequence of mappings, where l denotes the unit sphere: (9.6)
x( ()
Gauss m ap
s tereographie proje ction
D --� s ---� l ------ w-plane.
he composed map, as we have seen in the proof of Lemma 8. 3, is
3 SURFACES IN E . GAUSS CURVATURE AND TO TAL CURVA TURE
77
g ( () : D -+ w-plane.
Con si der an arbitrary differenti able curve (( t) in D, and its image under each of the maps in (9 .6). If s ( t ) is the arclength of the im age on S, then as we have seen: (9 . 7)
The arclength of the image in the w-plane i s s imply (9.8)
1 dw 1 dt
=
1 g '( () 1 1 �K 1 dt
If we let a ( t ) be arclength on the sphere, then it follows by the formula (6. 1) for stereographie projection that (9.9)
da = dt 1
+
2 1 dw 1 l wl 2 dt
Combining these formul as with (9 .4), we find (9. 10)
Thus we have an i nterpretation of the Gauss curvature in terms of the Gauss map. If we now let 11 be a domain whose closure is in
D , the surface defined by the restriction of x ( () to 11 has total curvature gi ven by
which is the negative of the area of the image of 11 under the Gauss map. (This is in fact the original deqnition used by Gauss to defin
the Gauss curvature of an arbitrary surface.) Of course if the image
78
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
i s multiply-covered the total area is that of ali the sheets. We may note that (9. 1 1) may be regarded cquivalently as the spherical area of the image of � under g ( ,) .
Throughout this discussion we have been assuming that the surface S was defined in a plane domain D. However, the normal N a nd the value of the function g are independent of the choice of
parameter. In fact, if we introduce new isothermal parameters by a d' conformai map ,( ,) , then we have
and by its definition (8.3) the value of g is unchanged. Thus, if we are given an arbitrary minimal surface we may replace (9.6) by (9 . 12)
x(p) MS
s tereographie
G au s s m ap
� _......,!;P..:;ro�i..;;.e.;.ct;;;;.io;;;.;n:.;.__ w-plane ....,
where the composed map (9. 13)
g ( p) : M
..
w-plane
is a meromorphic function on M . The total curvature of S is still
the negative of the area of the image on 2:. ln order to study the
nature of this map for complete minimal surfaces, we prove a series of lemmas, of which the first is a generalization, and in a certain respect, a clarification of Lemma 8 .5. LEMMA 9 .2. Let D be a plane domain and gi j A2oi j a Rie mannian metric in D, where À = À ( z) f c2, such that D is complete wi th respect to this metric. If there exists a harmonie function h(z) in D such that
(9. 14)
log À( z) < h ( z)
3
SURFACES IN E
79
: GAUSS CURVATURE AND TO TAL CURVATURE
throu&hout D, then D Îs eith er the entire plane, or else the plane with one point removed. Prool: Introduce a second metric �1 } = À2o 1} , where À . .
-
. .
eh .
Then À � À throughout D, and if C is any divergent path in D, we have
J À \ dz\ J À \ dz\ ?
c
c
so that D is complete with respect to this metric also, and the same is true for the universal covering surface 6 o f D with re spect to the induced metric. But in a neighborhood of any point of
6 we may introduce an analytic function l( z) whose real part is h ( z), and the mapping w =
J e f( z) dz
which satisfies (9 .15)
\ 4� 1 dz
=
\ e f( z ) \
=
eh ( z ) = À
Thus the length of any curve on 6 with respect to the metric
� I.J.
is equal to the euclidean length of its image in the w-plane. By the simple connectivity of D there exists a global map of 6 into the w-plane satisfying (9 . 15), and by the completeness of D, this map must be a one-to-one map of fi onto the entire w-plane. Thus the
unive rsal covering s urface of D is conformally equivalent to the plane, and it follows that D itself is of the type asserted in the lemma. LEMM A 9.3. Let D be the domain 0 <
r1
< ! z\
< r 2 � oo, and
80
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
let g1. J.
=
>.. 2S 1. J. be a Riemannian metric in D satisfying (9. 14).
Suppose that fe >.. i dzi
0 .5: t
<
for every path C of the form z ( t ),
= oo
1, such that lim ! z( t ) l t ... 1
Proof: Suppose r2
<
oo.
=
r2 . Then r2
oo ,
Then we may assume that �
We introduce in � the metric �1- J·
=
1z:
r2
<
1 zl
< r2 1
À S . . , where À (z) 1}
•
À (z) >.. ( l/z) .
Then one verifies easily that this metric satisfies the hypotheses of Lemma 9.2 in �. but the conclusion is not valid. Thus the as sumption r2
<
oo
leads to a contradiction.
t
LEMMA 9.4. Let D be a hyperbolic domain and gI. J.
=
>..2S1. ]. a
metric with respect to which D is complete. Suppose that
� log À ;:: 0
(9. 16)
/l i � log >..! dx dy
(9. 17)
<
oo ,
z = x + iy .
Then there exists a harmonie function h ( z) in D satisfying (9 . 14). Proof: Since D is hyperbolic, for each point ( in D there ex
i sts a Green' s function g ( z, () which is harmonie and positive for z -! (, and such that g ( z, () + log 1 z- t;;l = H(z, () , a harmonie function of z throughout D. (See, for example, Ahlfors and Sario [ 1] ' IV 6.) Set u ( t;}
2�
f�
G( z, () � log À( z) dx dy .
Thi s integral exists, by (9 .17) and the basic properties of the
S URFA CES lN E 3 : GAUSS CURYA TURE AND TOTAL CURYATURE
81
Green's function, while u ( C:::') 2: 0 by (9. 16). But by Poisson's for - � log À, so that h ( z) "' u
mula, we have �u
monie in D. But sin ce u 2: 0, li z) 2: log À.
+
+
log À is har
REM ARK . The formula (9.5) , which holds for the Gauss curva t ure of an arbitrary surface in E3, can also be used to defi ne the Gauss curvature of an arbitrary Riemannian metric of the form g1. J. =
À 28 lJ. . . One can verify directly th at it is invariant unde r conformai
changes of parameters . Then (9. 16) is equivalent to
K _:s O
(9. 18) and (9. 17) is equivalent to (9. 19)
THEOR EM 9. 1 . Let M be a complete Riemannian 2-manifold whose Gauss curvature satisfi es (9. 18) and (9. 19). Then there ex ists a compact 2-manifold M, a fini te number of points on M, and an isometry between M and M - l p 1 , . . . , pk } .
Pp
. . . , pk
Proof: By a theorem of A. Huber, the condition (9. 19) on a com
plete 2-manifold M i mplies that M is finitely connected (A. Huber [ 1] , p. 61). Thi s means that there exists a relatively compact re gion M 0 on M bounded by a finite number of analytic Jordan curves y l' . . . , yk , such that each component Mi of M - M0 is doubly con nected. (See Ahlfors and Sa rio [ 1] , 1 44 D and II 3 B. ) Th en each M j can be mapped conformally onto an annulus D i : 1 < l zl <.. ri .:5 oo , where the curve yJ. corresponds to 1 zl 1. The metric on MJ. takes =
the form g l. J.
À281. J in DJ. , and the conditions (9. 18) and (9. 19) re.
duce to (9. 16) and (9. 17) respectively. The region DJ. is obviously
82
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
hyperbo lic, since the function Re l !_ z
l!
is a negative harmonie
function. By Lemma 9.4 there exists a harmonie function
h(z) sat-
isfying (9. 14) and by Lemma 9.3 (and the completeness of M) i f follows that
r1.
=
oo ,
Let D. be the extension of D . t o a disk on 1
1
the Riemann s phere obtained by adding the poi nt at
oo .
-
Let M be
the compact surface obtained by " we !ding" the disks D to M 0 i along y . ( see Ah lfors and Sario [ 1) , Il 3 C). Then M is conformally J
-
is the point D . - D . , and J 1 by carrying over the metric on M thi s correspondence becomes an
equi valent to M -
!p 1 , . .. , pk!'
where
-
p. 1
t
isometry.
Let x ( p) : M -+ E 3 define a complete regular mini mal surface S. li the total curvature of S is finite, then the con clusion of Theorem 9. 1 is valid, and the function g (p) in (9 . 13) ex tends to a meromorphic function on M. Proof: We know that on a minimal su rface K S 0, and therefore Jf I KI dA, so that finite total curvature i s equivalent 1 ff K dA I LEMM A 9.5.
=
to (9. 19) . Thus Theorem 9 . 1 may be applied, and we may consider
lp l ' ... , pk!. If any of the points p. were an essential singularity of g, then by Picard's 1 theorem, g would assume every value infinitely often, with at most
g (p)
to be a meromorphic fun ction on M-
two exceptions. But this wou ld imply that the spherical area of the image is infinite, and hence also the tot al curvature, contrary to assurnption. Thus
g
has at most a pole at each •
fore merornorph i c on all of M.
t
p1. ,
and is the re-
Let S be a complete minimal surface in E3 . Then the total curvature of S can only take the values -477m, m a non-negative integer, or TH EOR EM 9 . 2 .
-oo ,
SURFACES lN E 3 :
Proof:
83
GAUSS CURVATURE AND TOTAL CURVATURE
Since K ::: 0, either the integral ff K dA over the whole
surface diverges to
--oo ,
or else the total curvature is finite. In the
latter case we apply Lemma 9 . 5 and find that the total curvature is the negative of the spherical area of the image under
l p l ' . . . , pk !.
But since
g
constant, in whi ch case K
'=
fixed number of times, say
m.
M
then
t
41Tm.
LEM M A 9 . 6.
r 1 < 1 zl < infinity, we have
0
<
oo.
g
of
i s meromorphic on M, it i s either 0, or else it takes on each value a Th e spherical area of the image is
Let f(z) be analytic and different from zero for Suppose that for every path C which diverges to
f
(9.20)
c
l f( z) l l dzl
""'
=
Then f( z) has at most a pole at infinity. Prool: Since f( z) ! 0, log l f( z) l is harmonie,
and we have the
Laurent expansion at infinity log where
h ( z)
l l( z)l
= a
log l zl
h ( z) H(z) , +
is harmonie and bounded for
is harmonie in the fini te plane 1 zl ger great er th an (9.21)
+
a,
<
oo.
r 1 < r2 < ! zl
<
""•
and
H(z)
If N is any positive inte
it follows th at for 1 zl
>
r2 ,
1 f( z) l
where M i s a suitable constant, and whose real part equals
w
=
H(z). F(z)
G(z)
i s a n entire function
We introduce the entire function
J�e� ( z)dz ,
F(O)
=
0,
84
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
and note that there exists a single-valued branch
�( z} i n a neighborhood of z
=
=
[F(z)] 1
/N+ 1
0, satisfying �'( 0) f:. O. We therefore have
an inverse z ( �) in a neighborhood of �
0, and either this inverse
' extends to the whole �-plane, or else there is a largest circle
1 '1
to whi ch it can be e xtended. But the latter cannot occur,
for then there would be a point �0 satisfying 1 �01
R
over which
the inverse could not be extended . If we consider the curve �( t )
, t �0 , 0 ::; t
<
l , its inverse image i n the z-plane will be a path C
such that
If the path C were to diverge to infinity, then from sorne point on it would be in the region l zl
>
r2 ,
and because of (9 .21) thi s would
contradict (9 .20). Thus C cannot diverge to infinity, and there must exist a sequence of points zn on C which have a finite point l of accumulation z0 , such that the images of these points in the K,'-plane tend to �0 . But since F '( z 0) f:. 0, we could ex tend the in! verse mapping over � . We th us conclude that the inverse z ( �) � s defined in the whole �-plane. Furthermore,
rN + 1
'=> 2
•
Thus each value is taken on at most N + l times , and z ( �) must
be a polynomial. But z( �)
=
0
for sorne integer k. Finally, z '(O) IThus F( z}
( z/A) N + 1 , and
�
=
0, and bence z ( Q
Ak� k - 1
f- 0
k=
A �k l, A f:. O. =
G( z) must be constant. The same is
SURFACES IN E 3: GAUSS CUR VATURE AND TOTAL CURVA TURE
then true of
H(z},
so that l l( z) l
has at most a pole at infinity. THEOREM 9 . 3 .• Let
in E 3 .
<; M 1 1 zi N
85
near infinity, and
t
f(z}
S be a complete regular minimal surface
Then
Jjs K dA
(9 .22)
:5
2rr( x- k) .
where X is the Euler characteristic of S, and k is the number of boundary components. Proof: If the integral on the left of (9 . 22) diverges to the result holds tri vi ally. Otherwise S h as finite total curvature, and - oo ,
we may apply Theorem 9 . 1 and Lemma 9 .5. By virtue of the rela tion (8.8) between the function
g
and the normals to the surface
we may assume (after a preliminary rotation in s pace) that oo
at the points
p ., J
and tha t the po les o f
g(p) -f. O,
g (p) are ali simple po les. ln a neighborhood of any point of M M - l p l ' . .. , pk l we have the representation (8.2) in terms of isothermal parameters (. As we have noted earlier, under a conformai change of parameters ((Ô, the corresponding functions �k( Ô satisfy �k( Ô cf>k(()d(/d( , and similarly for f((). This implies that the existence of a zero of cf>k or f at a point, as we il as its order, is independent of the choice of loca l parameters . By Lemma 8 . 2, f must have a double zero at each of the simple poles of g, and f has no other zeros. Thus, if g is of order m on M, f has exactly 2m zeros on M. At each point p. we may introduce local coordinates ( so that ( 0 J corresponds to p . . For 0 < 1 '1 < E we have [ gl < M, bence f -f. O. J Furthermore, i f C is a curve on M tending to p., we have by the J completeness of S that -
=
=
•see Appendlx 3, Section 4.
186
H
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
f
follows from Lemma 9 .6 that
xk((,)
rom the fact that the functions n 0
< 1 (,1
< E
,
must have a pole at the origin. in (8 . 6) are si ngle-valued
and because of the assu mption that
follows easily th at the order
]
f( (,)d(, îs
quai to 2 . Thus
f
of the pole of
v.
at
g ( p.) f 0, it
p.J
]
is at least
a meromorphic differentiai on
M, and
ne has the Riemann relation that the number of poles minus the number of zeros equals 2 - 2G, where
lfors and Sario [ l] ,
V
G
i s the genus of M (Ahl
27 A). Furthermore , the Euler characteristic
X of M is equal to 2 - 2G-
2- 2G
k.
We have, therefore
k =
j
l:
v.
1 ]
2m > 2k- 2m
nd
Jfs
K dA
=
-
4rrm S: 2rr(2- 2G- 2k)
REMARK . The inequality
1
J J5 K dA S:
2rrx
2rr(x- k) .
•
was shown by Cohn-
!Vos sen to hold for an arbitrary complete Riemannian 2-manifold [With fini te total curvature and finite X . It follows in particular rom (9. 22) that in the case of minimal surfaces, equality can never old in Cohn-Voss en ' s inequality. This question is discussed in a recent paper of Finn [ 6] , who introduces at each boundary compo ent a geometrie quantity which acts as a compensating factor beween the two sides of the Cohn-Vos sen inequality. One obtains in this way a geometrie interpretation of the order lat '
p1
. •
v.
1
of the pole of
f
87
3 SURFACES IN E : GAUSS C U R VA TURE AND TOTAL CURVA TURE
There are only two complete regular minimal surfaces whose total curvature is - 4rr. These are the catenoid and Enneper' s surface. Proof: This is the case m l in Theorem 9 . 2 . This means that the function g is meromorphic of order 1, hence maps M con formally onto the Riemann sphere L. Thus M has genus G 0, and inequality (9 . 2 2) reduces to k :5 2. We may therefore choose M to be L minus either one or two points, in which case we have g ( �) �' and by Lemma 9 . 6 f( �) is a rational function. Taking TH EO REM 9.4.
=
into account the completeness and the fact th at the functions are s ingle-valued, one easily finds that the only choices of
xk (Q
/ ( �)
compatible with these conditions yield precisely the two su rfaces named.
t
Enneper' s surface and the catenoid are the onl two complete regular minimal surfaces whose Gauss map is one-toone. Proof: If the Gauss map is one-to-one , then the total curvature COROLL ARY .
being the negative of the area of the image, satisfies
By Theorem 9 . 2, equality holds on the left, and the result fol lows from Theorem 9 .4 .
t
The methods used to prove the above theorems on the total curvature can also be used to study more precisely the behavior of the Gauss map, supplementing and sharpening the results obtained in the previous section . Let us give aq example.
88
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
THEOREM 9.5. Let S be a regular minimal surface, and sup pose that ail paths on the surface which tend to some isolated boundary component of S have infinite length. Then either the normals to S tend to a single limit at th at boundary component, or else in each neighborhood of i t the normals take on ali directions except for at mos t a set of capacity zero. Proof: By a neighborhood of an isolated boundary component
we mean a doubly-connected reg1on whose relative boundary is a J ordan curve
y.
This region on the surface may be represented by
E3, where D is an annular domain 1 < I Ç'I < r2 :S ""• the curve y corresponding to 1 '1 = 1, and we may introduce the
x ( �') : D
...
representation (8 .2) in D . Suppose now th at in sorne neighborhood of this boundary component the normals omit a set of positive ca pacity. This means that for sorne r 1 � 1, the tunction w g ( Ç') omits a set of positive capacity in the domain D ': r 1 < 1 ' 1 < r2 . By Lemma 8 .6 the re exists a harmonie function h ( w) i n the image of D ' un der g ( Ç') , such th at log( l + 1 wl 2) ::; h( w) . Since the met rie on S is given by À = � 1 �( 1 + l s l 2), we have log À( Ç) .S log
�
+
log h ( �( Ç))
Since the right-hand side is a harmonie function in D ', we may ap p ly Lemma 9.3 and deduce that r2 ""· But then g(Ç') could not have an essential singularity at infinity by Picard's theorem. Thus =
g ( Ç) tends to a limit, finite or infinite, as Ç tends to infinity, and the same is true of the surface normal . t Without giving the details , let us note that further analysis a long the above lines leads to the following result:
SURFACES IN E 3 : GAUSS CURVATURE AND TOTAL CURVATURE
89
3
Let S be a complete minimal surface in E • Then S has infinite total curvature <
the normals to S take on ali
directions infinite/y olten wi th the exception of at most a set of logarithmic capacity zero;
S has finite n on-zero total curvature <
> the normals to
S
take
on ail directions a fini te number of times, omitting at most three directions; S
has zero total curva ture
S i s a plane.
This result, and the other theorems in this section are contain· ed in the two papers Osserman [4, 5]. The presentation given here is somewhat different. Lemma 9.4 is based on an argument of A . Huber [ 1] . which he used to obtain the fol lowing result: i f S is a complete surface, and ff5 Ir"dA converges, where x-
= max { - K, Ol, then S is parabolie.
(This result was obtained earlier by Blanc and Fi al a in the case th at S is s imply connected and the metric real analytic.) Lemma 9 .6 was announced (without proof) by MacLane [ 1] and Voss [ 1] . The proof given here is taken from Finn [6] who obtains b y the s ame reasoning a much more general result, not needed for our purposes. The corollary to Theorem 9.4 was observed independent ly by Osserman [6] and Voss [ 1] . In conclusion , let us note that i t would be interesting i n con nection with the above results to have more examples of complete minimal surfaces whose genus is different from zero: It was shawn by K lotz and Sario ( 1] that the re exist complete minimal surfaces of a rbitrary genus and connectivity. Furthermore , it can be shawn (Osserman [6]) that the classical surface of Scherk has infinite genus. There remains the following o pen question. •see Appendtx 3, Section 4.
90
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Problem: Does there exist a complete minimal surface of finite
total curvature who se normals omi t three directions? If so, the value "three" is the precise bound. If not, the maxi mum is "two , " and is attai ned by the catenoi d.
NON·PARAMETRIC MINIMAL SURFA CES IN E3
91
§ 1 0. Non-parametric Minimal Surfaces i n E 3 • The study of minima l surfaces in non-parametric form consists of the s tudy of solutions of the mi ni ma l surface equation ( 1 0.1 ) and as such it may be considered as a chapter in the theory of non· linear elliptic partial differentiai equations . Just as we have seen in previous s ections that the theory of functions of a complex va riable and of Riemann surfaces led to many geometrie results about minimal surfaces, we shall now show that many properties of minimal surfaces can be attributed to the form of equation ( 10. 1). In the next section we shall reverse the process and use the para m etric the ory to derive properties of solutions of this equation. The underlying idea in the present section is the comparison of an unknown solution of (10. 1) wi th a fixed solution whos e prop erties are weil known. This method is possible by virtue of the following basic lemma . L E M M A 1 0. 1 . Let F and G b e two solutions of equation (10.
in a bounded domain
Suppose th at Hm (F - G) ,::;; M for an arbi·
D.
tracy s equence of points approachin/5 the boundary of F - G 5: M throuf5hout
D.
Then
D.
Proof: This lemma holds for a wide class of equations of whic� (10.1) is a special case. We refer to the discussion in CourantHilbert [l], p. 323.
+
An interesting feature of the study of equation (10. 1) is that its s olutions behave in sorne ways precisely as one would expect from the general theory of elliptic equations, as in the case of the above l emma , and in other ways they reveal completely unexpected
92
1! properties.
A SUR VEY OF MINIMA L SURFA CES
The non-existence of any solution in the whole plane
other than the trivial linear ones (Bernstein 's theorem) is an exam 'ple of the latter. We shall now give sorne further examples. We first show that for certain domains D, the con clusion of Lemma
10.1
may be valid even though the hypotheses are known to hold
on only part of the boundary. Let us i ntroduce the following nota tion. Let
(10.2) The equation
1(10.3)
r
=
Jxi + x�
,
k:l efines th e lower half of the catenoid, and is a solution of the min imal surface equation in the entire exterior of the circle
�,
xî + x� =
taking the boundary values zero on this circle.
10.2. Let
D
be a domain which lies in the annulus in 1 < r < r2 , and let F(x 1 , x 2) be an arbitrary solution of . If the relation L EMMA
(10.1)
�10.4)
lis known to hold for an arbitrary sequence of points which tends to a boundary point of D not on the circle r r 1 , then
i
=
i
10.5)
throughout D. R EM ARK. Perhaps the most striking i l lustration of this lemma ·
s the case where D coin cid es with the annulus
r 1 < r < r2 •
Then
NON·PARAMETRIC MINIMAL SURFACES IN E
3
93
the fa ct th at (10.4) holds on the outside circle r = r 2 i mplies that ( 1 0.5) holds throu ghout D, and bence lim F ( x 1, x 2) ::; M on the inne c ircle r
r 1 • Geometrically, one can describe this situation as
follows : given an arbitrary minima l surface lying over an annulus, if one places a catenoid al " cap" over the annulus in such a posi· tion that the surface lies below it alon g the outer circle, then the s urface lies below it throughout the annulus. This behavior is i n s triking contrast with that of harmoni e functions where on can pre· s cribe arbitrarily large values on the inner circle, independently of the v alues on the outer circle, and find a harmonie function in the a nnulus taking on these boundary values.
Proof:
For an arbitrary r ;_ satisfying r1 < r ; < r2 , let
Then by ( 10.4), we have (1 0.6)
for all sequences approaching a boundary poi nt of D lying in the annulus r ;_ ::; r S r 2 • We wi sh to conclude th at
( 1 0.7)
in the domain D ' == D
n Ir
;_ < r < r2 1.
The result then follows by
letting r ;_ tend to r 1 • To p rove ( 10. 7), it suffices by Lemma 10.1 to show that (10 .6) holds at every boundary point of D '. Si nee it already holds at
boundary points of D, it suffices to sh.ow th at ( 10. 7) holds at in· terior points of D which lie on the circle r = r ; . Suppose not.
94
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Then the function F(x 1 , x 2) - G( r ; ri) would have a maximum
M1
>
M
at sorne point (a 1 , a 2) on this ci rcle, i nterior to Do
+ f
By Lemma 1 0. 1 , F( x 1 , x 2 ) - G( r ; r;) :S M 1 throughout D '. On the
other hand , F has a fini te gradient at the point ( a 1 , a 2 ), whe reas by ( 1 0 . 2),
Since F - G
aa�: r�- \ =
, r= r 1
=
-
oo •
M 1 at ( a 1 , a 2) , it follows that F - G
>
M 1 for ali
points in D ' sufficiently near ( a ' a 2) and the origin. Thus the
l
s upposition that {10.7) did not hold leads to a contradiction, and th e lemma is proved.
•
We shall give several applications of this lemma. The first is a generalized maximum princ iple for solutions of ( 10. 1) THEOREM 1 0 . 1 . Let F(x 1 , x 2 ) be a solution of the minimal
s urface e quation ( 1 0 . 1 ) in a bounded domain D. Suppose that for e very boundary point ( a 1 , a 2) of D, wi th the possible exception of a finite number of points, the relation
( 10.8)
are known to hold. Then ( 10.9)
throughout D. Proof: It is sufficient to prove the right·hand inequality in ( 1 0.9), since the other then follows by considering the function -F.
NON·PARAME TRIC MINIMAL SURFA CES IN E
We proceed by contradiction. Suppose that sup F
=
3
95
M1
>
M. Then
there exists a sequence of points in D along which F tends to M 1, and a subsequence of these points must converge to one of the e xceptional boundary points. (If F assumes its maximum at an interior point of D, it must be constant, since x3 is a harmonie function in local isothermal paramete rs.) We may suppose by a t ranslation that this point is at the origin, and we may choose r2
>
0 so that none of the other exceptional boundary points lies
in the disk r :;; r2 • Choose r 1 arbitrarily so th at 0 let D ' be the intersection of D wi th Ir 1 =
sup F for points of D on the circle r
M2
<
<
=
<
r1
<
r2 and
r < r2 1. Finally let M 2
r2 • We assert that
M 1 . Namely, given a sequence of points on the circle r
=
r2
along which F tends to M 2, they have a point of accumulation which either lies on the boundary of D, in whi ch case M 2 S M, or e ls e interior to D, in which case F w is e F
=
M1
>
<
M 1 at th at point, si nee other
M contradicting (10.8). Combining ali these facts,
we conclude that
a t a il boundary points of D ' for which r
>
r 1 , where
By Lemma 10.2, it follows that
throughout D '. Now for each fixed r, it follows from (10.2) that G(r ; r 1) for 0
<
->
r
0 as r 1
<
->
0, and we de duce that F(x 1, x2) S 1'43
r2 • But this is in contradiction with
F
->
<
M1
M 1 along a
s equence of points tending to the origin, and the result fo llows. t
96
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Let us note that in the statement of Theorem 10. 1 , each of the e xceptional points may either lie on a boundary con tinuum, or else be an i solated boundary point. ln the latter case the above proof s im plifies considerably, and a mu ch stronger result is in (act true. THEOREM 10.2.* A
solution of the minimal surface equation cannot have an isolated singularity. Proof: Let F(x 1 , x2 ) be an arbitrary solution of equation (10. 1 ) in a punctured disk : 0 < r < e. We wish t o show that F( x l x 2) ex '
tends continuously to the origin , and that the resulting surface
x 3 F(x l ' x 2) t
< E.
is a regular mi ni mal surface over the whole disk
r2 < e, and let M = max ! F(x 1 , x2 )1 for xi + � r� . B y Theo rem 10. 1, 1 F(x 1 , x 2 )1 :S M for 0 <_ xi + x� < r� . Ac cording to Theorem 7 . 2 the re exists a function F ( x 1 , x2) defined and continuous in the disk r ;; r 2 , satisfying (10. 1) in r < r2 , and takin g on the same v alues as F for r = r2 • Then I F 1 ;; M also for r ;; 2 • We shall show that in fa ct F F for 0 < r < r2, and : },ence F is the desi red extension of the solution F . To this end C hose
r2 ,
0
<
=
=
we recall t hat in the notation p
=
aF aF ax l ' q dx 2 ' =
the equation (10.1) can be written as 0
( 1 0. 1 0)
where ( 1 0. 1 1) •see Appendix 3, Section 5.
ifJ = 9. w
NON-PARAME TRIC MINIMAL SURFACES IN E
(This is merely the special case
n
=
97
3
3 of equation (3. 14), but it
c an e asily be verified directly.) We now introduce the corres ponding quantities for the function
F,
and consider the difference of these two functions in the annu
D À : À :; r ,:; r 2 • If ;:e let CÀ be the circle r À, then by v ir tue of the fact that F - F 0 on the ci rcle r r2 , Green 's theo· rem applied to the domain DÀ yie lds lus
=
=
�CA(F - F ) [(cp - � )dx 2 - (tfr-�)dx 1] JfvÀ[(p- p)(cp - �) + (q- q)(tfr - �)] dx 1 dx2 ,
( 1 0. 1 2)
=
where we have applied equation (10.10) to both functions
F. Now we note from (10. 11) and the definition of W th at cp 2 + tfr 2 < 1 and simil arly � 2 + � 2 < 1 . Since \ F - F \ :; follows that the left-hand side of ( 10.12) tends to zero as
F
and
'2M, it
À O. ....
But the inte grand on the right is non-negative, as one sees easi ly by applying Lemma 5 . 1 to the function E ( p, We consider
p
q) .j 1 + p 2 + q2• =
and q as independent variables , and we find aE oq
_
'"5- -
{J
:1. W
tfr .
The inte grand on the right of (10.12) then reduces to the expres sion on the l eft of (5.2). Thus if
(p - p) 2 + ( q - q) 2 � 0
at sorne
point, it follows that the integrand on the right of (10. 1 2) i s posi tive at sorne point, hence in a neighborhood of that point, hence
À tends to zero. Thus we 0 < r < r 1 , and hence also
the inte gra l could not tend to zero as c onclu de
F F
=
p- p
0,
q- q
=
0 for
0, which proves the theorem . , t
98
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
The proof jus t given , together with the proofs of Theorem and Lemma
10.2
cial case of Finn 's lemma of Theorem
10.1
[ 5] .
are due to Finn
([5] ,
p.
Lemma
139) .
10.2
Theorem
10.1
i s i n fact a s pe
10.2
and the case
in which the exceptional boundary points are iso
l ated are ori gi n ally due to Bers
[1].
The form of Theorem
s tated above i s due to Ni tsche and Nitsche
[ l] .
10. 1
I t was later gener
a lized to allow the exceptional set to be an arbitrary set of linear H ausdorff m easure zero (Nitsche
[ 5]).
Si milarly, Bers ' theorem o n re
m ovable sin gularities has the followi ng extension: * li D is a bound ed domain, and E a compact subset of D wh ose linear Hausdorff m easure is zero, then every solution of the minimal surface e qua tion in D - E extends to a solution in ali of D. This result was obtained ind ependently by Nitsche chia
[l].
[ 5]
and De Giorgi and Stam pac
The s ituation is quite different for the case n > 3. There,
e ven bounded solutions of the minimal surface equation may have i solated n on-remo vable singu l arities (Osserman
[ 10] ). t
We tum next to another application of Lemma
10.2.
We wish to
inves tigate the sol vability of the Dirichlet problem for the minimal s urface equation. For this purpose we introduce the following no tation.
DEFIN ITION .
Let D be a plane dom ain and P a boundary
point of D. We say that P is a point of concavity of D if there exists a c i rc le C through P and sorne neighborhood of P whose inters ection with the exterior of C lies in D. The circle C i s c alled a circle o f inner con tact at P.
L EM M A 10.3.
Let D be a boun ded plane domain, P a poin t of
concavity on the boundary, and C a circle of inner con tact at P. li F is a s olution of the minimal surface equation in D, th en the •see Appendix 3, Section 5. tSee Appendlx 3, Section 5.
99
N ON -PARAMETRIC MINIMAL SURFACES IN E 3
boundary values of F at the point P are limi ted by the boundary values o f F on the part of the boundary exterior to C. P ro of: We may assume that the circle C is centered at the o ri gin and h as radi us r 1 . The entire domai n D is contained in
s orne circ le r < r2 • Suppose th at lirn F � M for all boundary points of D exterior to C. Then by Lernrna 10. 2 applied to the intersec
tion of D with the exterior of C, F � G(r ; r 1) - G( r2 ; r 1 ) + M for
r 1 < r < r2 , and therefore
•
( 10.1 4)
L EM M A 1 0 . 4 . Let D be an arbi trary plan e domain. Th en D i s
c onvex i f a n d only if th ere does not exist a point o f concavity on th e boundary of D.
P roof: Suppose first that P is a point of concavity of D, and l et C be a circle of inner contact at P. Then a segment of the tangent line to C at P wi ll have its endpoints in D, but the seg
m ent its e lf contains the point P not in D. Hence D is not convex C onvers ely , if D is not convex there exist two points Q 1 , Q 2 in
D, such that the segment joining them is not in D. Let Q( t ) ,
be a curve i n D j oining Q 1 to Q • T he n there i s a 2 s rnallest v alue t of t for which the segment L from Q 1 to Q( t ) 0 0 is not entirely in D. We h ave t > 0, and for a l l srnaller values of 0 t sufficiently near t the li ne segments from Q 1 to Q( t ) lie in D 0 a nd a re on the sarne side of L. There is therefore an open subset 0 ::; t ::;
l
!'! of D consisting of all points on one side of L and sufficiently n ear to L to gether with all points in a disk around each of the endpoints . By choosing a sufficiently flat circular arc lying in !'!
lOO
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
join ing the endpoints of
L
and tran slating it until it first contracts
the boundary of D, one finds a point of concavity.
+
Let D be a bounded domain in the plane. N ecessary and sufficient that there exist a solution of the minimal surface equation (10.1) in D taking on arbitrarily assigned contin� uous values on the boundary is that D be convex. Proof: Suppose first that D is convex. Then by Theorem 7.2 T H EOREM 10.3.
o ne can solve the boundary value problem for arbitrary continuous boundary values. If, on th e other hand, D is not convex, then by L emma 1 0.4 there exists a point of concavity
P
on the boundary
of D. If we choose boundary values which are sufficiently large at
P
and small outside a neighborhood of
P,
then no solution can
+
exis t by v irtue of the inequality ( 10. 14).
T his theorem and Lemma 10.3 are both due to Finn [5}. We may n ote that one can easi ly const ruct special cases of non·solvabi lity d irectly from Lemma 10. 2 . For example, if D is the part of the annulus
r 1 < r < r2
lying in the first quadrant, and if we assign
c ontinuous boundary values whi ch are equal to the circle
r r1 , =
G(r ; r 1 )
outside
and positive somewhere on this circ le, then no
solution can exist by (10.5). The question of non-existence of so lutions in non-convex domains had been considered earlier by a h umber of authors starting with Bernstein
[2], but in
each case the
arguments h ad been valid only for special domains . For a detailed d iscussion of this question, see Nitsche
[6].
W e consider next a more general si tuation in which solutions m ay have infinite boundary values . We prove first the fol lowing re s uit, also contained in the paper of Finn {5}.
101
NON·PARAME TRIC MINIMAL SURFACES IN E3
Let D be an arbitrary domain having a point of concavity P on its boundary. Then a solution of the minimal surface equation in D cannot tend to infini ty at P. Proof: Let C be a ci rcle of inner contact at the point P. By choosing a s li ghtly larger circle tangent to C at P, if necessary, we m ay assume that there is an arc y of C which contains P but T H EOR EM 10.4.
no other boundary points. If C' is a larger circle concentric with C and sufficiently close, then the region D ' bounded by radial segments, and an arc
y
'
y,
two
of C ' wil l be entirely in D. Any ,
solution F of ( 10 . 1) in D will have a finite upper bound
M
on the
part of the boundary of D ' exterior to C. We may then apply Lem
m a 1 0. 3 to the domain D ', and by ( 10 . 14) F cannat tend to infinity at the point
P.
+
The interest of the above theorem is that solutions of the mini mal surface equation can indeed take on infinite boundary values, even a long an en tire arc of the bound ary , as in the case of Scherk's s urface
F(x 1 , x 2)
=
log
cos x 2 cos x 1
--
w hich is d efined in the square 1 x 1 1 < to e ither
+oo
or
-oo
77/2,
l x 2\ <
tT/2,
and tends
at every boundary point except for the vertices .
O bviously if D i s any domain interior to this s quare whose bound
ary i s tangent to one of the s ides, then F is a solution i n D which
tends to infi nity at the point of tangency. We next prove a result complementary to Theorem 10.4, which shows that infinite boundary values cannat occur along a whole convex a rc .
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
1 02
T H E O REM 1 0 . 5 . Let D be a plane domain, y an arc of the boundary of D, L the line segmen t joining the endpoin ts of y. 1 f y and L form the boundary of a subdomain D ' of D, th en no
solution of the minimal surface equation in D can tend to infin i ty a t each poin t of y. P roof: Let P be a point of D ' and let C be the cücle through P a nd the end points of L. Then there exists a subdomain D " of D ' which lies outside C and is bounded by parts of C and y. If
F were a solution of the minimal surface equation in D which ap pro ached infinity at each point of y , then Lemma 10.2 applied to
- F would i m ply F
oo
in D -� which is imposs ible.
t
C ombining Theorems 10.4 and 1 0. 5 , one sees the fol l owing: if a solution of the minimal surface equa tion tends to infini ty along a whole arc of th e boundary, then that arc is a s traigh t· line s egment. T he question then arises whether one can solve the Dirichlet prob lem w ith i nfinite boundary values along a given line segment on the b oundary . In the paper of F i nn
[ 4],
wh ich also con tains Theo
rem 1 0.5, the fol l owing resu lt is proved: 1 et D be a con v ex domain whose boundary contains a s traight-line s egment L. Let cont inuous boundary values be prescribed arbi trarily on the complementary part of th e boun dary.
Then there exists a solution of the minimal sur·
fa ce equation in D wh i ch takes on these boundary values, and which tends to i n finity at each inner poin t of L. A deta iled study of the question of the Dirichlet problem witb
i n fi n ite boundary values bas been made recently by H.
J.
Serrin
[ 1, 2].
J enkins
and
Necess ary and sufficient conditions are given for
th e exis te nce and uniqueness of soluti ons taking on prescribed
1 03
NON-PARAME TRI C SURFA CES IN E 3
boundary values which are plus infinity, minus infinity, and con tinuous , respectively, on three given sets of boundary arcs. Let u s note one example of their results: Le t D be a convex quadri
la teral. Let one pair of opposite sides have total length L, and th e o th er pair have total length
M. Necessary and sufficient that
there e xis t a solution o f the minima l surface equation in D takin on th e b oundary values o th er pair i s that L
=
+ oo
on one pair of sides and
- oo
on the
M. When the solution exists, it is unique u
to an additive constant.
APPLICATIONS OF 1\RAMETRIC M ETHODS
105
A PPLICA TIONS OF P ARAME TRIC METHODS
§ 1 1 . Application of parametric methods to non-parametric problems�i W e conclude our discussion of minimal surfaces in
E
3
with
s evera l examples of how results on solutions of the minimal sur face equation can be obtained by expressing the corresponding sur faces in parametric form.
x3 F(x 1, x 2) define a minimal surface x i + x� < R2• Let P be the point on the surface
THEOREM 1 1 . 1 . Let in th e disk D :
=
lying over the origin , let K be the Gauss curvature of the surface at P, and let d be the distance along the surface from P to the boundary. Then the ine quality
I KI
( 1 1 .1 )
<
c
- d2W20
holds, where c is an absolute constant, and the origin o f w
2
=
aF )2 '\Jx 1
1 f
.;
W�
is the value at
( dx; aF ) 2
R EM ARK. lnequality ( 1 1 . 1) may also be expressed in the form o f a bound at the origin for the second derivatives of an arbitrary s olution o f ( 10.1) in the disk D. P roof: We may represent the surface parametrically by
1 (1
<
l , the orientation being chosen so that the unit normal is
q
U sing the representation (8.2), we have by (8.8) that ( 1 1.2)
x((),
1 06 If C is
A SURVE Y O F MINIMAL SURFA CES
an
arbitra ry curve in 1 �� < 1, then the length of its image
on th e s urface is given, according to (8. 7), by
In particular, if we consider aU di vergent paths C in 1 ( 1 < 1 whi ch s tart at the origin, then we have
d = inf
( 1 1 .3)
c
where C
1
f
c
i\
1 d(l :;;
f
1 f( () 1 1 d( l ,
cl
is any particul ar such path. We choose the path C
1
as
follows. Set w = G( () = J f ( () d(, where G(O) = O. Then G '(()
f ( () :ft 0 in 1 (1 < l, by Lemma 8 .2, and following the reasoning of Lemma 8 .5, the inverse function ( = H( w) defined in a neighbor hood of the origin will be defined in a largest ci rcle 1 wl <-p on whos e boundary there wil l be a point w 0 over which the inverse c annot be e xtended . The radius L : w( t ) = t w0, 0 ::; t < l, wil l map onto a d ivergent pa th C i n 1 (1 < 1 which starts at the origin. 1 B ut
( 1 1 .4)
f
l f( () J ! d( l =
Ct
f l dwl L
=
p
•
By S chwarz ' lemm a, applied to the map H(w) of l wl < p into l t;] < 1, we h ave J H '(O) j ::; 1 /p. Thus l f(O)I = I G '(O) J = 1/I H '(O) J 2: p . Comparing with ( 1 1 . 3) and ( 1 1 . 4) yields ( 1 1 .5 )
d � J t( O) I
•
N ext we apply Schwarz' l emma to the map g ( () of 1 ( 1
! g(()J < 1, and we find
<
1 into
APPLICA TIONS OF PARAME TRIC METHODS
j g '( O) j � 1 - j g ( O)j 2 .
( 1 1 .6)
F inally, combining ( 1 1 . 2) , ( 1 1 . 5) and ( 1 1 . 6) with the expression (9 .4) for the Gauss curvature, we fi nd
vi K J d < -
(
4 1 g '(O!l__._ < 4{ 1 - J g (Qltl__ j g ( O) j 2) 2 - 0+ j g ( O)j 2 ) 2
w hich proves the theorem . C O ROLLARY
.•
+
Un der the same hypotheses, th ere exists an ab
solu te constant c 0 such that
( 1 1 .7) Proof: Obviously d ,2: R, and W ,2: l. 0
+
Let us note that the inequalities (1 1 . 1) and ( 1 1 .7) may be re garded as quantitative forms of Bernstein' s theorem. Namely, i f
F(x1, x ) is defined over the whol e ( x1, x ) plane, then we may 2 2
c hoose a disk of arbitrarily l arge radius R about any point, and it follows from (1 1 . 7) that the Gauss curvature of su ch a surface i s identic ally zero, which for a minimal surface implies that it i s a p lane. The first results of thi s type were given by Heinz [ 1], where one finds inequality ( 1 1 . 7) . Thi s was later sharpened by E. Hopf
[ 1], who gave
à
differen t proof and found that one could insert the
factor w2 in the denominator. The inequality ( 1 1 . 1) is in Os serman [ 2]. It has the advantage th at it remains true if the disk D is replaced by an arbitrary do m ain in the (x11 x ) -plane . Concerning the constant c, one can
2
show that if the s urface has a horizontal t angent plane at the then W0
=
1 , and
•see Append1X 3 , Sections
2. 6IB.
and 6IIA.
1 08
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
F urthermore , this inequal ity is sharp , e quality being atta i ned i n the c ase o f Enneper's surface (the do ma in D no longer be ing a disk i n th is case). By a refinement of the argu me nt g i ve n above o ne can show that the constant c i n (1 1 . 1 ) satisf ies
64 < c < 8 . -9 T hese results are co nta ined in the paper Osserman
[2] .
A co mpletely different proof of inequality ( 1 1 .7), us i ng purely para metr ic methods is g i ve n in Finn and Osserman
[ 1] .
It is shown
there that if the surface has a hor izo ntal tange nt plane at the or i· g in, then o ne has
! KI a nd that th is inequality is best possible , with Sherk 's surface play i ng the role of an e xtrema ! . It is also shown that the constant c 0
in ( 1 1 .7) satisfies
2 2 -
11 < --
c
o
< 6
•
T hese considerations po i nt obviously to the followi ng quest ion ,
PROB L EM . What are the precise values of the consta nts a nd c
0
c
in ( 1 1 . 1 ) and ( 1 1 . 7)? For a g i ve n value of W ca n one de
sc ribe the e xtremal surface for these inequal ities? We tu m next to solutions of the minimal surface equation de f ined in the
ex terior
due to Bers
[ l].
of a disk. We note first the followi ng result,
1 09
APPLICATIONS OF P ARAMETRIC METHODS
x 3 R 2•
T H EO R EM 1 1 . 2. Let
in th e r egion
x� + x;
>
=
F( x 1 , x 2)
define a minimal surface
Th en th e g radien t of
F
ten ds to a
limit at in finity. Proof: The normal s to such a surface are contained i n a herni· s phere , whereas the length of ali curves on the s urface which d i v erge to infinity is clearly infinite. It fol lows b y Theorern 9 . 5 that the n ormals tend to a lirnit at infinity , which is the desired result. t Actu ally , Bers obtained rnuch more precise res ults on the be h avior of the solution
F( x 1 , x 2 )
in the nei ghborhood of infinity .
F or this purpose h e us ed a pararnetric representation analogous to
(8 . 2 ), together with the followi ng lernma. L E MM A 1 1 . 1 . L e t
in th e region
x i + x�
th e punctured disk: 0
F( x , x 2 ) 1 R 2 • Th en S
x3 > <
==
1 Çl
<
define a minimal surface S is con formally equivalen t to
l, wh ere
Ç
t ends to zero as
xi + x �
tends to infinity. Proof: This result follows by the s ame reasoning that was used
t
in the proof of Theorern 9 . 5 .
The precise cond itions in pararnetric forrn for a surface to be of th e kin d we wi sh to consi der are the fol l owing. L EMM A 1 1 . 2 . Let a mi nimal surface S be repres ented by the
equations
( 1 1.8)
in the punctured disk li : 0
<
1 Ç!
<
l, wh ere
1 10
A
SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
( 1 1 .9)
Then the following statements are equivalent: 1 . There exists p
to 0
<
1 (1
<
>
0 such that the part of S corresponding
p can be solved in the form x3 = F( x 1, x ) , where 2
F(x 1 , x 2) is a bounded solution of the minimal surface equation
in the exterior of some ]ordan curve ï.
' II . There exists p > 0 such that in the punctured disk 11 ' : ' 0 < 1 (! < p , the functions f(() , g ( () are analyti c and have the
fol/owing properties:
a) g ( () extends to an analytic function in
fying \ g ( () l
<
1, g (O) = 0, g '( O) = O.
b) f ( () 1: 0 in 11
'
,
1 (!
<
' p , satis
and f ( () has a pole of arder two at the
origin with residue zero. Proof: 1
=;>
' Il. Let p = p. A surface in non-parame tric form
i s necessarily regu lar, and satisfies 1 g 1
<
1, bence f 1: 0, by
L em m a 8.2. Since g is a bounded analytic function in a punctured disk, it bas a removable singularity at the ori gin. The value of
g ( O) determines the limiting position of the gradient at infinity; if g ( 0) 1: 0, then by ( 1 1 . 2) the gradient would tend to a limit dif ferent from zero and F(x 1, x 2) would not be bounded. Thus g (O) "" O. Furthermore, x3 = F( x l ' x ) bounded at infinity means that
2 x 3 is a bounded harmonie function of ( in a nei ghborhood of the
o rigin, and hence also bas a removable singularity. Thus
is analytic i n the full disk, and the same is true of the function
111
A PPLICA TIONS OF PARAMETRIC METHODS
f( (> g ( Q 2 •
From this it follows first of all that 1 cannot have an
essential singularity at the ori gin. Further, from (11.8) and (11 .9), we h ave
(11.10) from which we deduce that 1 must have residue zero at the origin in order for x 1 and x2 to be single-valued functions of ' On the other band, 1 cannot be regu lar at the origin, since otherwise x 1 a n d x2 would b e bounded. Thus 1 has a po l e o f order at least two, and fg analytic at the origin implies g bas a double zero; i . e. , g '( 0) "' O. F inally, we must show that
/((;)
cannot have a pole of
order greater than two. But note that by (11. 10) we may write
(1 1.11) where l'
H( (;)
(11 .12)
"" j f( (;) d(; ,
are s in gle-valued analytic functions in A '. I f
f((;)
bad a pole of
order greater than two, then H((;) would have a pole of order greater th an one, and the image of 1 (;1
=
e:
for all small
a round the o rigi n more than once. But IH((;)I , and th us the image of 1 <;[
>
e:
would wind
1 G(Ç)[
on 1 <:1
==
e:
in the x l ' x2-plane would also wind around the origin more than once. But this contradicts the
for small
e:
fact that for 0 < result i s proved.
1<:1
=
e:
< p, the map <; -+ ( x l ' x 2) i a one-to-one, and the
II =9 I . Conditions a) and b) guarantee that the functions G ( (; ),
H((;) defined by (11 .12) are single-vàlued in A •, and that G((;) i s analytic a t the origin, whi le H((;) bas a simple pole. Thus, by (11.11) i
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
1 xi
+
.S
tends to i nfi nity as ( tends to zero. For the Jacobian of
1 the map ( 1 1 .1 1) we have the e xpression
1
! (1 1.13)
J
1
/ Since ! 8 /
•1 1
<
=
él ( x l' x 2) él( (p If2)
1, we have ]
<
0 everywhere, and the map (11. 11) is
a local d iffeomorphism. We wish to show that it is a global diffeo
. m orphism in 0 < / (! < p, for suitable choice of p. To this end, we 1 firs t choose r > 0 so that H( () is univalent in 0 < j ( l .:S r, which 1
!
is possible since H(() has a simple pole. Let M
1
==
max / G(()/ for
/ ( .:S r, and choose r1 .:S r so that / H( ()/ > M for 0 < / '1 < r1 • L et M 1 = max / x 1 + ix2/ for / (/ = r1 • We assert that every point
l i n the exterior of the circle xi
1
(once in
0
1 choose r2
< <
1 (!
<
+
x�
=
Mi
is taken on precisely
r 1 • Namely, given any such point (a1, a2),
r1 such that j H( () / > 2j a1
+
ia2!
+
M
M2 for
1� '1 r2 • / x1 ix2/ j a1 ia2/ / (! r2 , 1 ( 11 . 1 1) r2 / (/ r1, l (a l' a 2) . (a1, a2) � 1 '1 r2 • 1 1 1 .3. Let F( x l ' x2) satisfy the minimal surface equa· 2 x� R • lf F( x1, x2) is tion in the e xterior of some circle xi 1 rounde" th en i t tends to a limit at infini ty, and .:S
Then
>
+
on
+
=
=
is a local diffeomorphism of the annulus
and the map
<
<
s uch that the image of the bound ary bas winding number equal to
one with respect to the point The point has , ·t herefore exactly one pre-image in this annulus and none for :$
!
This completes the proof of the !emma .
+
L EMM A
+
( 1 1.14)
1 .,
(
1
ÈF a xl
+
i q_f_ ax 2
1
:$
xi
=
M
+
x;
n a nei,ghborhood of infinity, for a sui table constant M.
113
A PPLICA 'lYONS OF PARAME TRIC METHODS
Proof: By Lemmas 1 1 . 1 and 1 1 . 2 w e have the representation ( 1 1 .8), ( 1 1 .9), where f and g satisfy conditions II a) and b) of Lem ma 1 1.2 . As we pointed out in the proof of Lem ma 1 1 . 2, x 3 tends to a limi t as � tends to zero, bence as x �
+
x� tends to
infinity. F rom the representation (1 1 . 1 1) and the properties of G and H, it follows immediately that ! x 1
+
ix2 1 1 � 1 tends to a finite
l imit as � tends to zero. Finally, from (8.8) one may compute 2 Relgl
2 I mlg l I- l al 2
I- l a l 2
and s in ce g ( �) has a double zero at the origin,
in a neighborhood of infinity.
+
THEOREM 1 1 .3. If the exterior Dirichlet problem has a bound·
F ed solution, then it is unique. Specifically, if F(x 1 , x 2), (x 1 • x 2) are bounded solutions of the minimal surface equation in the do 2 2 m ain � + x � > R , if they are continuous for x� + x � � R and 2 2 agree for XI2 + x 2 .. R , then F( x 1 , x2 ) = F(x 1 , x 2). Proof: Let us use the same notation as in the proof of Theorem 1 0.2, but applied to the annulus D : r 1 :5 r :S r2 , where r 1
>
R. We
obtain formula (10. 12), but with two boundary integrais on the left. The one around the outside boundary tends to zero as r2 tends to
infinity by virtue of ( 1 1 . 4) and the fact th at both F and F are boun� ed
The one on the inside ci rcle tends to zero as r 1
-+
R because F - F
:
j ·
tends to zero, whereas the quantities cp, cp, 1/J, 1/J are ali l ess then 1
i n absolute value. Thus the reasoning of Theorem 10.2 shows that F and F have the same gradient, bence differ by at most a con stant , an and since they coïncide on a ci rcl e they are identi cal .
+
1 :
1 14
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURF A C E S
R E M ARK. The above proof was suggested by R. Finn. Obvi ously the boundary need not be a circle, since the reasoning is quite general . The fact that this theorem was true was pointed out to the author by D. Gilbarg, who also raised the question of whether there a lways exists a bounded solution of the exterior Dirichlet problem. We show that there does not in the following theorem.
There exist continuous functions on the cir cle x� + x� = l which may be chosen to be arbi trarily smooth ( e.g., real analytic functions of arc length) such that no bounded solution of the minimal surface equation in the exterior of this cir c le takes on these values on the boundary. Proof: We first construct a particular surface S which will T H EOREM 1 1 .4.
p lay a role s imilar to that of the catenoid in the arguments of the previous section. Thi s surface is defined by setting i( (;)
=
2 '
i n ( 1 1 .9), for 0 < 1 (;1 :5 l. The transformation (11. 11) takes the form ( 1 1 . 1 5) O ne can easily veri fy that the image of 1 (;1 a
•
l under ( 1 1 . 15) is
Jordan curve r. and it follows by the same reasoni ng as in the
proof of Lem ma 1 1. 2 that ( 1 1 . 15) is a diffeomorphism of 0 < 1 (;1
onto the e xterior of r. Thus the surface non-parametric form the equation
x3
x 3 = 2Ç1 ,
=
S
<
can be expressed in
F (x l, x 2) in the exterior of r. Using
one may easily verify the following facts:
i) th e -m ap ( 1 1 . 15) takes the axes into the axes and symmetric p oints into symmetric points;
l
115
APPLICATIONS OF PARAMETRCC METHODS
ii)
F( x 1, x2)
is symmetric with respect to the
x 1 -axis,
and anti
x 1 < 0,
symmetric with respect to the x2 -axis ; i t is positive for n egative for x 1 > 0, and tends to zero at infinity; iii) r m ay be expressed in polar form:
r =
h (()),
where
r
de
c reases monotonically from 4/3 to 2/3 as () increases from 0 to TT/2 (the rest of r being obtained by symmetry); v i) the gradient of
F
is infinite along r
xi + x�
We now let C be the unit circle boundary values a)
> ( x 1 , x2)
•
= l, and we assign
on C s atisfying
>
is symmetric wi th the respect to the x c axis, antisymmet ric w ith respect to the x2 - axi s .
b) for points on c outside r in the left half-plane
( x 1 , x2) < F( x l ' x2) . Suppose now that F(x 1, x2) were a bounded h ave 0
<
xl
<
0 , we
solution of the
m inimal surface equation in the exterior of C, taking on the bound
> (x 1, x 2). Th en by property a) of >, the function F ( x l ' x2) - F(- x l ' x 2) would be a bounded solution taking on the s ame boundary values, and by Theorem 1 1.3, F(x 1 , x2) F (x l' x 2). ln particular F(O, x2) F (O, x2) - F(O, x2), so that F(O, x2) = O. Hence the limit of F at infinity mus t be zero. Thus, for any E > 0, we can choose R sufficiently l arge so that I FI < E , 2 I F 1 < E on x� + x� R • We now let D be the domain in the 2 left half-plane, lying inside xi x� R , and outside the curves c and r. On the vertical axis we have F F = o. On xi + x� 2 R , we h ave F < F 2E , and for points on c outside r, F = > < F. Thus the equality F < F + 2E holds at all boundary points of D ary v alues
=
=
=
+
=
+
except possibly for those on r. However, along r the grad ient of -
F
'
is infinite, and by the same re asoning as was used in
116
A SURVEY OF MTNIMAL SURFACES
Lemma 10.2, the inequality F < F
+
2 €. mus t also hold for bound
ary points o n r. Finally, if we let D' be the cres cent-shaped do m ain in the left half-plane lying inside r and outside the circle C, then the inequality F <
F + 2 E on r i mplies, again by Lemma
1 0.2, a bound of the form F :5 M on the part of the boundary of D
•
on the circle C. This means that if the bound ary values cp ( x 1 , x ), 2 which have not yet been prescribed o n the part of c interior t o r,
are chosen so that cp > M at sorne point, then the exterior boundary problem cannot be solved. This proves the theorem.
+
W e conclude this discussion with the following remarks. F irst of all , one could remove the requi rement of boundednes s and ask if there exists
any
solution of the exterior Di richlet prob
lem. However, one woul d then have to sacrifice uniqueness, since e ven for constant boundary values on the circle one bas distinct s olutions in the catenoid and a horizontal plane. N ext we note tha t the choice of a circ le as boundary curve is of no specia l i mportance . Obviously the a rgu ment works in great generality . It would be interesting to give an argument for an arbi trary exterior domain. F inally, we note that according to an observation of D. Gi lbarg, one c an prove by standard methods in the theory of uniformly ellip tic e quations that a solution of the exterior Di richlet problem will a lways e xist if the boundary data are sufficiently small. We thus have, by virtue of the non-existence for certain sufficiently large b oundary v alues, one more striking example of how the non-linearity of the m inimal surface equation affe cts the behavior of its solutions.
PARAMETRIC SURFACES IN E n ; GENERAL IZED GAUSS MAP
117
§ 12. Parametric surfaces in En; generalized Gauss map. In this section we shall show how the results of sections 8 and i
9 may be e xtended to minimal surfaces in En. For this purpose we must define the generalization to n dimensions of the classical Gauss map, a nd study its properties in the case of minimal sur iaces. This was first done for n
=
4 by Pinl [ 1]. We may also note
here that Pinl bas obtained a number of results on parametric min i m al surfaces in En which we are not able to discuss here. (See P inl [ 2, 3] and further references given there. Note also the papers i of Beckenbach [ 1] and Jonker [ 1].) For arbitrary n, the Gauss map of minimal surfaces was first studi ed
by Chem [ 1]. The present
section is d evoted to the results in that paper, together with those given in Osserman [5] and in Chem and Osserman [ 1]. This is a difW e begin by discussing the Grassmannian G 2 , n ferentiable manifol d whose points are i n one-to-one correspondence •
with the set of all oriented two-dimensional linear subspaces of En, i . e., all oriented planes through the origin. Let ll be any such p lane , and let
v, w
be a pai r of orthogonal vectors of equal length
which span n, and such that the ordering orientation of ll. We then set zk thus obtain a map (12.1) Suppose next that
v, w
' ' v , w
...
=
k
v
+
v,
w
agrees wi th the
i wk , k
=
1, ... , n, and we
z f. en .
are another such pair of vectors span
n ing ll, and z ' is their i mage under the map (12. 1). Then one veri· fies easily thaf there exists a complex constant c su ch that z�
c z, for all k. Thus the map (12. 1) induces a map (12.2)
=
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
hich assigns to each plane n a point in the (n - 1) -dimension al
t:complex projective space.
Furthermore, we have
n
zf = I vf - I wf - 2i i vk wk = O. kI =l Thus, if we introduce the complex hyperquadric
Qn _ 2 = , z f pn -l(C) : Î k= 1
( 12.3)
zf = 1
the m ap ( 1 2.2) actually takes the form <12.4) c onversely , for any point then the vectors the point
z.
v, w
z
<
Qn _ 2 , if we write zk = vk
iwk ,
wi ll span a plane n which correspond s to
We thus see that the m�;�p (12.4) defines a one-to-one
correspondence between ali planes ll and ali points of thQs identi fy
+
Qn- 2
with the Grassmannian
G2,n
•
Qn _ 2 • We
Suppose now that we have a regular cr-surface S defined by a map 1
( 12.5) where M is an oriented 2-manifold. Then at each point we have a
1 tangent plane ll ( p). eters
u l, u2
This may be defined in terms of local param
ax;au 1, ax;au2 . We may then assign
as the plane spanned by the vectors
,and îs independent of choîce of parameters.
the poin t z( p) obtained by the map ( 12.4) , and the resulti ng map ( 12.6) where
g : S ->
Qn - 2
g : x ( p) f-+ ll ( p)
...-.
z ( p)
PARAM E T RIC SURF ACES IN
p;ll ;
GEN E:R ALIZED G AUSS M AP
119
i s called the generalized Gauss map of the surface S. In the case n
=
3, we have a one-to-one correspondence between oriented planes
ll and their unit norma ls N, and one-to-one correspondence between the points of Q 1 and those of the unit sphere obtained by setting
z /(z 1 - iz ) and fol lowing by stereographie projection. The 2 m ap (12.7) then reduces to the classical Gauss map: x (p) _,. N( p). w
We will simply refer to the map ( 12.7)
as
the "Gauss map" for arbi
trary n. We recall next that the immersion (12.5) defines a natural con form ai structure on M, where local parameters on M are those which yield i sothermal parameters on S. L EMMA 12. 1. A surface S defined by ( 12.5) is a minimal sur face if and only if the Gaus s map (12.7) is anti-analytic. Proof:* In a neigh borhood of any point the surface S may be represented by x ( ') i n terms of isothermal parameters '
Ç 1 + iÇ • 2 are orthogonal, equal in length
Then the vectors à x/àÇ 1 , à x/à Ç 2 and span the tangent plane. Thus we may define the Gauss map by s etting
( 1 2.8)
By Lemma 4.2 we have: S a minimal surface <
xk harmonie <
>
z k analytic i n '
·
t
L EMMA 12.2. A surface S in E" lies in a plane if and only if its image under the Gauss map reduces to a point. Proof: The image under the Gauss map is a point if and only if the tangent vectors à x/àu l ' àx/ou
2
may be expressed as linear
•This proot is not complete as 1t stands. For a discussion and complete proof, see pp.
7-10 of Hoffman and Osserman ( 1 ].
1 20
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
combinations of two fi xed vectors v,
w,
which is equivalent to
x(p) - x(p0) e xpressible as a linear combination of v and a li points p and a fixed point
Po .
t
w
for
TH EOR EM 12. 1 .* Let S be a complete regular minimal surface In En . Then either S is a plane, or else the image o f S under the Gauss map approaches arbitrarily c losely every hyperplane in pn - l ( C) .
P roo f: We may first of ali pas s to the universal covering sur
fac e S of S, whi ch affects neither the hypothesis nor the conclu s ion. Suppose that the image under the Gauss map does not come a rb it ra ri ly close to a certain hyperplane !. ak zk th at > E
(12.9)
>
=
O. This means
0
everywhere on the image. Let S be defined by x( () : D .... En , where D may be either the unit disk or the whole (-plane. Then in the notation { 12.8), the in equality {12.9) takes the form n
{ 1 2 . 1 0)
where !/!( ()
!.
ak cpk(() is analytic and different from zero in D.
B ut the metric on S is given by gl. J.
= A2ô . . , where A2 = lh !. l cf;k( ( ) 1 2, l}
and by ( 12 . 1 0) log À bas a harmonie ma jorant in D . Since S is
complete , it follows from Lemma 9 . 2 that D cannot be the unit cir c le, but m ust be the entire plane. But in that c ase, it follows from •see Appendix 3, Section 4 .
121
P ARAMETRJC SURFACES IN E"; GENERAL!ZED GAUSS MAP
( 1 2.10) that each of the functions
if>k(IJ/1/J (�)
function, bence constant. Thus the image of
S
reduces to a point, and by Lemma 1 2 .2 c omplete,
S
S
is a bounded entire under the Gauss map
lies in a p lane, and being
t
coïncides with this plane.
The normals to a complete reguler minimal sur are everywhere dense unless S is a plane.
C O RO L LARY .
face S in P roof: least
a
En
Suppose that the normals to S all make an angle of at
with a certain unit vector (Al'
• . •
, \).
One can show that
this is equivalent to the i nequality
\ I Àk zk\ 2 I \ zkl 2
( 1 2 . 1 1)
which means that �he image of S under the Gauss map is bounded away from the hyperplane
I \ zk
=
O.
The result therefore follows
from Theorem 12. 1 . To obt ain (12 . 1 1) one need only choose a pair
v, w
o f orthogonal unit vectors point, and decompose n onnal at the point. If
À·N
=
INI 2,
À w
which spÇln the tangent plane at a
i n the form
À
av
+
bw
is the angle between
+
N
N, and
where
À,
N
is a
then since
we have
( À · v) 2 + (A. w) 2
=
a2
+
b2
=
l- I NI 2
which is precise! y ( 1 2 . 1 1), where
zk
=
l c os -
vk + i wk .
2w � l
-
c os
2a
t
The above theorem and its corollary may be regarded as the first steps in the direction of settling the following basic problems:
Describe the behavior of th e Gauss map for an arbitrary com plete minimal surface in E". 1.
2.
i tself.
Relate this behavior to geomet�ic properties of the surface
122
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
In sections 8 and 9 we have given a number of results of this type for the case n = 3. We now review briefly the situation for a rbitrary n. First let us make the following definition. D EFIN ITION . The Gauss map is degenerate if the image lies in a hyperplane. L EMMA 12.3. Let S be a minimal surface in En whose image
under the Gauss map lies in a hyperplane (12. 12) If
H is a "real " hyperplane; i .e. , the ak are real, then S it
s elf li es in a hyperplane of En . If H is a tangent hyperplane to Q _ 2 , i. e. , n ( 12. 13) then there exists a change of coordinates in En, say xi = I bj kxk , where B = ( bj k) is an orthogonal matrix, such that x 1 + ix 2 is an analytic function on S. Proof: In the case where the ak are real, equation (12. 12) sim ply says that the tangent vectors v and w are both orthogonal to the v ector a = (a l ' . . . , a ) ' where zk = vk + iwk. By integration , n the surface lies in the hyperplane orthogonal to the vector a . In the s econd case, if we set ak = ak + i{3k , the vectors a and are real orthogonal vectors of equal length, by (12. 13), and we may assume them to be unit vectors . We may then complete them o an orthonormal set of vectors which we use to form the columns f the matrix B. Then introducing the functions rpk in terms of ocal isothermal parameters , equation (12. 12) takes the form
PARAMETRIC SURFACES IN En; GENERALIZED GAUSS MAP
123
But this is just the Cauchy-Riemann equations for the function x 1
ix , which proves the lemma. + 2 Let us n ote the following concerning the two cases which arise
+
in the lemma. ln the first case we can make
orthogonal change
an
of coordinates so that S lies in a hyperpl ane x 1 �onsta�t, or _ equivalently cp 1 = O. In the second case we have cp 1 = icp , or 2 cp- 21 + cp- 2 = O. In general , we are led to make the following defini2 tion. =
D E FIN ITION .
A minimal surface in
En
is decomposable if,
with respect to suitable coordinates , we have (12. 14)
m
� cp ( (,) 2 k 1 k=
=
rn <
0, for sorne
n .
N ote th at equation (12. 14) implies th at also n
k
�
=
m
This means that if we write
+
1
En
cp ( (,) 2 k =
=
0.
Em $ En - m ,
then the projection
of the surface into each of these subspaces is again a minimal sur face . although one of them may degenerate into a constant mapping. In particular, one can always manufacture minimal surfaces in h igher dimensions out of pairs of minimal surfaces in lower dimen s ions by this procedure. As a special case, if
are analytic functions of a variable (, where ,
n
is even, then the
1 24
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
s urfa ce
is a (decomposable) minimal surface in En . The ex
x ( ()
a m ple given at the end of section 2 is an illustration of thi s . L EM M A 1 2 . 4 .
For a minimal surface S in E 3, th e following are
equivalen t: a ) S is decomposable; b) the Gauss map of S is degenerate; c) S lies on a plane.
Proof: C learly a) is equi valent to c) , because if S is decompos able , either m
=
l or
m
=
2, in which cas e either
cp 1
=
0 or cp 3
= O.
If the Gauss ma p is degenerate, then the i m age of S lies in a hyper
2
plane H of P ( C) and in the quadric fy th at H n
Q
1
Q • But one may easily veri 1
consists of either one or two points, and sin ce the
i mage is conn ected , it must reduce to a point, and S lies in a plane by Lemma 1 2 . 2 .
+
If one now passes to h i gher dimension s , then no two of these c onditions are equivalent, even if one replaces condition c) by the n atural generali z ation, "S lies in a hyperplane. " We have already s een th at the latter condition corresponds to a special type of de generacy or decomposabi lity . As for the first two conditions , the e xample given at the end of section
5
is a surface for which cp
2
=
2icp , so tha t the Gauss map is degenerate, but one can easily 1
verify th at it is not decomposable.
In the above discussion , as well as in condi ti on (12.9) in Theo rem 1 2 . 1 , we have described the Gauss map in terms of the image lying in certain s ubsets of
pn- 1(C) . For many purposes it is more
n atural to characterize the set of hyperplanes in
pn - l( C) which in
tersect the image. One can easily verify , for example, th at equation 12.9) is e quivalent to the statement: " the image under the Gauss
PARAMETRIC SURFA CES IN E";
125
GENERALIZED GAUSS MAP
m ap does not intersect any hyperpl ane sufficiently near the hyper plane �
ak z k
=
"If S
O. " Thus Theorem 1 2 . 1 can be reworded :
is a complete minimal surface, not a plane, then its image under the Gauss map intersects a dense set of hyperplanes. "
•
For a c loser study of the Gaus s map from this point of view we note the followi ng. L E M M A 12 .5.
Given a minimal surface S in
map g(S), and a hyperplane in
H,
or else
H
E" ,
the Gauss
in pn- l( C) , then ei ther g (S) lies
H
intersects g (S) at isolated points with fixed mul
tiplicities. Proof:
If H is given by �
ak z k
choose local isothermal parameters Then either
t/J ( ()
=
0, then near any point of S
=
(,
and set
t/1 (()
0, i n whi ch case g (S) lies in
by a nalyticity, globally, or else
g ( ()
=
� ak cpk (() .
H loca lly, and
bas isolated zeros whose
m ultiplicities are independent of the choice of parameter
.
(
We are th us led to a study of the "meromorphic curve "
+
g (S),
which is precisely the type of object treated in detail in the book of Weyl
[ 1].
lt is advantageous for the general theory, and particu
larly for the applications we wish to make, to introduce a Rieman nian metric on P" - 1 (C) . We may do this by defi ning the element of arclength do of a di fferenti able curve
(12 . 1 5)
( ç!_C!_ )2 dt
=
2 2 i z( t) /\ z '( t) l 4 l z ( t) i
z ( t) ,
by the expression
=
U p to a multipli cative factor, thi s is a standard me tric for complex projective s pace. Suppose now that we have a mi ni mal surface of local is othermal parameters •see Appendlx 3, Section 4.
(, zk
=
cpk( ().
S,
and in terms
Then (12. 15) takes
126
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
the form
(12. 16) where
À
(12. 17)
I n p articular, the image of a domain � in the (-plane has area
( 1 2. 18)
A
2 rJ
�
2
.;_;__--'----'-:� -
aç1 aç2
w ith respect to this metric. We next compute the Gauss curvature. The formula (9.5): K - � log ,\f,\2 , applied to the metric on S :
=
(12.19) yields the expression
(12.20)
K
In particular, for the total curvature, we obtain
In other words : the total curvature of any part of the surface is the
negative of the area of the image with respect to the metric (12. 15). We thus have a precise generalization of the situation in three d imensions , represented by (9. 1 1), and we may exam i ne the form in which various theorems generalize. The methods of inte gral
PARAMETRIC SURFACES IN En; G E!VERAUZED GAUSS MAP
127
geometry allow one to relate the number of times the image under th e G auss map intersects various hyperplanes with the area of the image, bence with the total curvature of the surface. We do not go into the details here, but refer the interested reader to the discus s ion in the p aper of Che rn and Osserman [ 1].
APPENDIX 1 LIST OF THEOREMS
T H EO RE M 5 . 1 . Let f ( x 1 , x ) 2
==
( f ( x ' x ) , . . . , f ( x , x ) ) be a 3 l 2 2 n 1
solu tion of th e minimal su rface equation (2. 8) in th e whole x ' x l 2 p lane. Then th ere exists a non singular linear tran sforma tion x u , 1
x
2
==
au
1
+
bu , 2
b
>
=
==
0, such that ( u , u ) are (global) i so 1 2
th ermal parameters fo r the surface S delin ed by x k
k
1
=
f ( x ' x ), k l 2
3, . . . , n . C O R O L L A R Y 1 . ln th e case n
=
3, the only solution of the
minimal surface e quation in the whole x ' x -plan e is the trivial l 2 s olu tion, f a linear fun ction of x • x • 1 2
C o R O L LARY 2 . A bounded solution of e quation (2. 8) in the whole plane must be cons tan t (for arbi trary n).
C O RO L L A RY 3. L e t f( x , x ) be a solution of (2.8) in the 1
2
whole x , x -plane, and let S be th e surface defin ed by x 1 k 2
Ïk( u 1 ,
u ), k 2
=
==
3, . . , n, o btained by referring the s urface S to the .
i sothermal parameters given in Th eorem 5. 1 . Th en the lunctions
k
are analy tic lun ction s of u
1
+
iu
2
sati s fy the e qua tion
1 29
3, . . . , n ,
in the whole u , u -plane and 1 2
APPEND IX 1 LIST OF THEOREMS
T H EO REM 5 . 1. Let ! ( x l ' x ) 2
=
(f (x , x ), 3 1 2
• . •
, f ( x , x ) ) be a 2 n 1
solu tion o f th e minimal surface equation (2. 8) in the whole x ' x l 2 p lane. Then there exists a non singular linear transformation x u , x 1 2
=
au
1
+
bu , 2
b
>
=
3,
• . .
==
0, such that ( u , u ) are (global) iso 1 2
th erm al parameters for the s urface S defin ed by x k
k
1
=
f (x , x ), k 1 2
, n.
C O R O L L A R Y 1 . l n th e case n
=
3 , the only solution of the
minimal surface e quation in the whole x , x -plan e is th e trivi al 1 2 solution, f a linear functi on of x . x • 1 2
C O R O L L ARY 2 . A bounded solution of e quation (2. 8) in the whole plane must be cons tant (for arbi trary n) .
C o RO L L A RY 3 . L e t f( x , x ) be a solution of (2.8) in the 1
2
whole x , x -plane, and let S be th e surface defin ed by x 1 k 2
Ëk( u l ' u 2 ),
k
=
=
3, . . , n, o btain ed by referring the s urface S to th e .
i sothermal parameters given in Th eorem 5. 1 . Th en the fun ctions
k
are analy tic functions of u
1
+
iu
2
sati s fy the e qua tion
129
=
3, . . . , n ,
in the wh ole u , u -plane and 1 2
130
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURF ACES
c = a - ib . Converse/y, given any complex constant c -
=
a - i b wi th b
-
>
0,
a nd given a ny entire functions 1;> , . . , if>n of u1 + iu2 satisfying 3 the above e quation, these may be used to define a solution of the .
m inimal surface equation (2. 8) in the whole x1 , x2 �plane.
TH E OREM 7.1. Let r be an arbitrary Jordan curve in E". T hen there exis ts a simply�connected generalized minimal surface bounded by r.
T H E OREM 7.2. Let D be a bounded. convex domain in th e x1, x 2 �plane, and let C b e its boundary. Le t gk(x1 , x2 ) b e arbi trary continuous functions
on
C, k
3, . . , n. Then there exists a .
s olution /(x1 , x2) = {1 (x 1 , x2 ), . . . , / (x 1 , x2)) of the minimal 3 n s urfa ce e quation (2. 8) in D, such that f (x 1 , x 2 ) takes on the k boundary values g (x 1 , x 2) . k
TH E OREM 8.1. Let S be a complete regular minimal surface
3 in E • Then either S is a plane, or else the normals to S are every where dense.
TH E OREM 8.2. Let S be a complete regular minimal surface
in E 3• Then ei ther S is a plane, or else the set E omitted by the image of S under the Gauss map has logarithmic capaci ty z ero.
T H E OREM 8.3. Le t E be an arbi trary set of k points on th e s ph ere, where k .::; 4. Then th ere exists a complete regular minimal surface in E 3 whose image under the Gauss map omi ts precisely the set
E.
131
LIST OF THEOREMS TH EO R EM 9. 1 .
Let M be a complete Riemaimian 2-manifold
whose Gauss curvature satisfies K .$ 0, JJM I Ki dA < Then there exis ts a compact 2-manifold M, a fini te number of points p l ' ' " ' pk oo.
on M, and an isometry between M and M- { p 1 , T H E O R EM 9
.
2. Let S
Then either ff;< dA
=
be
- oo ,
. • .
, pk l.
a complete minimal surface in E 3 •
or else JJ5 K dA
=
- 4rrm, m
=
0, l,
2, . . . .
Let S be a complete regular minimal surface 3 in E • Then JJ5 K dA .$ 2rr ( x - k}, where x is the Euler charac teristic of S, and k is the number of boundary components of S. THEOREM 9.3.
There are only two complete regular minimal 3 surlaçes in E whose total curvature is - 4rr. These are the cate T H E O R E M 9. 4.
noid and Enneper' s surface. Enneper' s surface and the catenoi d are the only two complete regular minimal surfaces in E 3 whose GausS� map is C O RO L L A R Y .
one-to-one. THEOREM 9.5.
Let S be a regular minimal surface in E 3 • and
suppose th at ali paths on the surface which tend to sorne isolated boundary component of S have infinite length. Then either the n ormals to S tend to a single limi t at that boundary componen t, or e lse in ea•::h neighborhood of it the normals take on ali the direc tions except for at mos t a set of capacity zero. Let F( x 1 , x 2 ) be a solution of the minimal s urface equation (10. 1) in a bounded domain D. Suppose that for T H E O R E M 10. 1 .
every boun dary point ( a 1 , a 2) of D, wi th the possible exception o f a finite n umber of points, the relation s
132
A SUR VEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
Hm
(x1, x 2) ...,. (a
1,
a�
F(x 1 , x 2 ) .:S M ,
lim
F(x 1 , x 2)
(xl, x2} ...,. (a l, 82)
are known to hold. Then m .:S F( x 1, x 2) .5 M throughout
.2
m
D.
T H EO REM 1 O. 2. A
solution of the minimal surface equation cannat have an isolated singularity. Let D be a bounded domain in the plane. N ecessary and sufficient th at there exist a solution of the minimal surface equation in D taking on arbitrarily assigned continuous values on the boundary is that D be convex. TH EOREM 10. 3 .
Let D be an arbitrary domain having a point of concavity P on its boundary. Then a solution of the minimal surface equation in D cannat tend to infinity at P. THEOREM 10.4.
Let D be a plane domain, y an arc of the l boundary of D, L the line segment joining the endpoints of y. [f y and L bound a subdomain D ' of D, th no solution of the minimal surface equation in D can tend to infinity at each point of y. T H EO REM 10.5.
en
Let x3 F( x 1 , x 2 ) define a minimal surface in the disk D: xi � < R 2 • Let P be the point on the surface !lying over the origin, let K be the Gauss curvature of the surface at P, and let d be the distance along the surface from P to the 1 boundary. Then the inequality I KI .:s c/� w� holds, where c is an absolute constant, and w� is the value at the origin of w 2 l + (aF /ax 1 ) 2 (aF /ax2) 2• CO ROL LARY . Under the same hypotheses, there exists an 2 � bsolute constant c0 such that l KI .:S c0/R . THEOREM 1 1 . 1 .
=
+
=
+
UST OF THEOREMS
1 33
Let x3 F( x 1 , x2) define a minimal surface in the region x� x� > R 2 • Th en the gradient of F tends to a limit at infinity. THEOREM 1 1 .2 .
=
+
If the exterior Dirichlet problem has a bound· ed solution, then it is unique. TH EOR EM 1 1 .3 .
There exist continuous functions on the cir cle � + x� l which may be chosen to be arbitrarily smooth, such that no bounded solution of the minimal surface equation in the exterior of this circle takes on these values on the boundary. THEO REM 1 1 .4 . =
T H EOREM 12 . 1 . Let S be a complete regular minimal surface E n . Then either S ia a plane, or else the image of S under the
zn Gauss map approaches arbitrarily closely every hyperplane in
p n- l(C )
.
CO ROLLARY· The normals to a complete regular minimal face S in En are everywhere dense rmless S is a plane.
sur·
APPENDIX 2 GENERALIZATIONS One of the important roles played histori cally by the theory of m inim al surfaces was that of a s pur to obtain more general results. I n the followin g pages we shall try to give a brief idea of sorne of the e xtensions of the theory whi ch we have d iscussed . We shaH group the results in severa! cate gories . I . Wider c lasses of surfaces in E3•
A . Surfaces of constant mean curvature. F rom a geometrie point of vi ew, the most natural generali zation1 of surfaces in E3 satis fying H
H
=
0 consists of surfaces s atisfying
c . Certain properties e xtend to this class, whereas others are
quite d if fe rent accord ing as c
0, or c f,
U,
Let us start w ith the P lateau proble m . Theorem 7 . 1 w as e x tended first by Heinz
[ 2],
wh o pointed out that in general , one
w ould e x pect a solution only if the mean curvature is not too l arge c ompared to the size of the curve r. (See a lso the di scussion be l o w for the n on-parametric case .) The results of Heinz were later i m pro ved on by Werner
[ 1] ,
who obtained, in particular, the fol low
i n g result: Let r be a Jordan curve whi ch lies in the unit sphere.
1 cl
Then lor any value of c, s urface satisfying H
=
< Y. , there exists a simply-connected
c, bounded by r.
C om pl ete surfaces of constant m e an curvature are studied i n K lotz a n d Osserman
[ 1]
using method � s i mi lar t o those of section
8 . The follo wing result is proved : L e t S be a complete surface o f cons tant m ean curvature.
Il K
>
135
0 on S, th en S is a plane,
APPENDIX 2 GENERALIZA TIONS One of the i m po rtant roles played historic ally by the theory of m inimal surfaces was that of a s pur to obtain more general results. ln the following pages we shall try to give a brief idea of sorne of the e xtensions of the theory whi ch we have d iscussed . We shall group the re sults in several cate gories . I . Wider classes of surfaces in E3•
A. Surfaces of constant mean curvature.
F rom a geometrie point o f vi ew, the most natural generalizatio�
o f surfaces in E3 satis fying H
H
=
=
0 consists of surfaces satisfying
c . Certain properties e xtend to this class, whereas others are
quite d if fe rent according as c "" 0, or c
�
u,
Let us start w ith the P lateau problem . Theorem 7 . 1 w as ex tended f irst by Heinz
[ 2],
wh o pointed out that i n gen eral , one
w ould e x pect a solution only if the mean curvature is not too l arge c ompared to the s ize of the curve r. (See a lso the di scussion be lo w for the n on-parametric case .) The results of Heinz were later i m proved on by Werner
[ 1] ,
who obtained, in particular, the fol low
i n g result: Let r be a Jordan curve whi ch lies in the unit sphere.
1 cl
Then for any value of c, s urface satisfying H
=
<
'h , there exists a simply-connected
c, bounded by r.
Complete surfaces of constant m e an curvature are studied i n K lotz a n d Osserman
[ l]
using methods s i mi lar t o those of section
8 . The follo wing result is proved: Let S be a complete surface o f constant m ean curvature.
If K > 0 on S, then S is a plane, 135
136
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
a sph ere, or a right circular cylinder. If K :5 0, then S is a cylin der or a min imal surface. If one makes no restriction on the sign
of the Gauss cu rvature K , then there exist complete su rfaces of constant m ean cu rvature which are none of the types listed . C oncernin g non-parametric surfaces, we have fi rst of ali the followin g result, which may be considered the natural generaliza tion of Bemstein' s theorem. Let l of constan t mean curvature H
=
c
x 3 F(x 1, x 2) =
>
0 in a disk
define a surface
xi x� +
<
R 2•
Then R :5 1/c, wi th equality holding only if the surface is a hemi
l sphere. The first statement in the conclusion is due to Bernstein hl and the second to Finn [ 5] . The theorem of Bers on removable singularities (Theorem 10 .2) goes over without change (Finn [ 1] ),
and indeed so does the fact that every set of vanishing linear Haus d orff m easure is removable (Serrin [2]). Finally, there is an exis tence theore m corresponding to Theorem 10.3. (See li B , below. ) B . Quasiminimal surfaces. C onsid e ring minimal surfaces in non-parametric form from the point o f view of partial differentiai equations, one is led to ask for m ore gene m l equations whose solutions behave in a similar manner. Various classes of equations were studied by Bers [ 3] and Finn [ 2] with a view toward generalizi n g results such as Bemstein's
1th eorem and Theorems 10.2 and 1 1 .2 of Bers. The underlying idea
•
i s to replace conformai maps by quasiconformal maps at sorne point ·
n the theory . ln particular, Finn introduces a class of equations
of " m inimal surface type" whose solutions have the property that their Gaus s map is quasiconformal. With varying additional restric ions, these equations have been studied in Finn [ 2, 3, 4] , J enkins 1, 2], and J enkins and Serrin [ 1].* It is shown in the se papers th at Appendix 3. Section 6IB.
1 37
GENERALIZATIONS
a l a rge part of the theory of minimal surfaces which we have pre s ented h ere can be carried over, and in fact sorne resu l ts were firs t proved in this wider context before they were known for the special case of minimal surfaces. Amon g the most interesting, let us note the Harnack inequality and the convergence theorems of J enkins and Serrin
[ 1].
If one considers parame tric surfaces with the single require m en t that the Gauss map be quasiconformal , one is led to the c lass of surfaces introduced in Osserman
[4]
as "quasiminimal
surfa ces." Certain results , for example Theo rem 9.2, can be shown to continue to hold in this genera lity . It would be interest· in g to know whether Bemstein 's theorem is true for qu asiminimal surfaces, or whether sorne of the additional restrictions imposed by F inn a re really necessary. • II. Hypers urfaces in
En .
A . Minimal hypersurfaces. F rom m any points of view the most natural generalization ;:,f surfaces i n
E3
is to hypersurfaces in
En .
If one asks for the
condition th at a hypersurface minimize volume with res pect to all hypersurfaces having the same boundary, then one is led to th e geometrie c ondition that the mean c u rvature be zero , and the ana· lytic condition that the surface in non-parametric form
F(x 1, . . . , x _ 1 ) n
x n
s atisfy the equation
(1)
w
It h as lon g been an open problem whether Be mstein' s theorem generalizes to this case, i . e . , whether every solution of (1) de•see Appendix 3, Section 6IB.
138
A. SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFA CES
fined for all x 1 , . . . , x _ 1 is linear. This was proved i n the case n n 4 by de Giorgi [ 1] , for n 5 by Almgren [ 2] , and for n 6, 7, 8 =
by Simons [ 1]. Weaker forms of Bernstein's theorem have been proved for arbitrary n, where the conclusion that F is linear is o btained by imposing additional restri ctions, such as
W
bounded
(Mos er [ 1]) or F positive (Bombi eri , de Giorgi , and Miranda [ 1]). T he latter paper also contains references t o a number o f other re· "' cent contributions to the theory of minimal hypersurfaces. A n analogue of Theorem 7 . 2 is given in a recent paper of M iranda [ 1], while de Giorgi and Stampacchia [ 1] gave the follow ing theorem on removable singulari ties: Every solution of equation (1) in a domain D from whi ch a compact subset E of (n - 2) ·dimen·
sional H ausdorll measure zero has been removed ex tends to a so· lution in ali of D. + U p till now it has not been possible to extend the results of s ections 8 and 9 on parametric surfaces to the case of hypersur· faces. F in ally , J enkins and Serrin [ 3] have obtained the following re· markable generalization of Theorem 10.3: Let D be a bounded
domain in En - l wi th C 2 boundary, and let H be the mean curva· ture of the boundary with respect to the inner normal. Th en neces· sary and suflicient that th ere exist a solution of equation (1) in D taking on arbitrary assigned C 2 boundary values is that H 2 0 e verywhere on the boundary.
*
It appears th a t th e problem of Bemstein's theorem h as just been settled
in th e m os t unexpected fashion. Bombieri
[ 1]
h as announced th e construc·
tion of a counterexam p le showing that although Bemstein's theorem is tru e for
n
Bomb
< 8, i t fails to hold for
�ri,
n>
de Giorgi, and G iusti
8. The details will appear in a paper of
[ 1].
tSee Appendtx 3. Sections 61IA and 6IIB.
139
G E N ERALIZATIONS
B. O th er hypersurfaces. The result of J enkins and Serrin just referred to has been fur ther extended by Serrin [3] to a large class of equations which in· e lude the equation for surfaces of constant mean curvature. His result is the following: Under the same hypotheses as before,
n ecessary and sufficient that there exist a hypersurface of con stant mean curvature c corresponding to arbi trarily prescribed C 2 boundary values i s that H .2: c(n - 1)/(n - 2) at each point of th e bormdary. We note also the fol lowing result, contained in a recent paper of C hem [ 2]. If x
n
•
F(x 1,
constant mean curvature, H
• • •
=
,x
n-1
) defines a hypersurface of
c, over the whole space of xl'
•
.,,
xn - l ' th en in !act H = O. III. Minimal varieties in
En .
We come now to the general case of k-dimensional minimal vari· eties in
En, where 2 :5 k :5 n - l. Very little progress had been
m ade for the intermediate values of k, 2 < k < n - l until recently, when there appeared the papers of Reifenberg [1] and Federer and F lemin g [ l]. ln both cases one gets away from parametric methods (includin g the "non-parametric methods" discussed earlier) and in troduces s ui table classes of objects which are handled chie fly by measure-theoretic methods. In particular, Reifenberg [ l, 2, 3] s howed that there always exi sts a compact set X having a given boundary A in a certain precise sense, such th at the set X- A, outside of a possible subset of (k - 1) - dimensional H ausdorff mea sure zero, is a k-di mensional mini mal variety. These methods have been carried fjlr ther by Almgren [ l] and by
140
A SUR VEY OF MINIMAL SURF ACES
M orrey [ 3] . The book of Morrey is an excellent general reference to this theory, viewed in terms of differentiai equations and the c alculus o f variations. A m ajor ques tion conceming these methods is whether the pos s ible singular sets actually oc cur . Simons [ 1] showed that in the c ase o f hypersurfaces in dimension s n .$ 7, the set X - A is a real a nalytic m inimal variety without singularities . He also gave an ex ample for n
=
8 of a cone having a singularity at the origin which
provides a relative minimum in Pl ateau's problem. Now Bombieri [ :l] has announced a series of resul ts which prove that Simons ' cone represents an absolute minimum , and hence a counterexample to the regularity of the solution .
Details are gi ven in Bombieri,
de Giorgi and Giusti [ 1]. IV. Minimal subvarieties of a Riemannian manifold.
The th eory of two dimensional minimal surfaces in a Rieman n ian m anifold has been studied by various authors (for example, Lumiste [ l] , Pinl [2]). Morrey [ 1] showed that the problem of Pla teau could be sol ved also fo r the case of a Riemannian manifold. M ore recently Morrey [ 2, 3] has extended the work o f Reifenberg from the euclide an to the Riemannien case. Almgren [ 1, 2] and Frankel [ l] have studied topological properties of minimal sub varieties. We have noted earlier that a complex-analytic curve in en , considered as a real two-di mensional surface in E2n , is al ways a minimal surface. This generalizes to the statement that a Kahler s ubmanifold of a Klfuler mani fold is a minimal variety. For this and related statements we refer to the recent paper of Gray [ 1] . A m ajor contribution t o the theory o f mini mal varieties has been m ade by Sim ons [ 1]. He deri ves an elliptic second order
141
GENERALI ZATIONS
e quation w hich i s satisfied by t h e s econd fundamental form o f a m inimal variety in an arbi trary Riemanni en m anifol d. There are a n umber of appl ication s , including the extension of Bemstei n ' s theo rem mentioned above (in liA), and a l arge pa rt o f the earlier theory is uni fied and generalized.
Minimal s ubmanifolds of spheres have been the object of par ticularly i n te ns i ve research in the past two or three years. In ad d ition to s evera! of the above·menti oned papers we note the work of C alabi
[ 2]
which applies complex-variable methods to 2-dimen
s ional minimal surfaces in an n-sphere , and the papers of Chern , do C armo, and Kobayashi Ot suki
[ 1],
Rei lly
[ 1] ,
[ l] ,
Hsi ang
Tak ahashi
[ 1] ,
[ 1, 2] ,
Lawson
[ 1, 2, 3] ,
and Takeuchi and Kobayash·
[ 1] . T o all those whos e work h a s not been mentioned, o r barely s kimmed over in this brief survey , we apologize. To the novice in th is fie ld we hope at least to h ave given s orn e idea of the range a nd the depth of cu rrent activity in the field of minimal surface s .
APPENDIX 3 DEVELOPMENTS IN MINIMAL S URFACES, 1970-1985 1.
Plateau 's Problem
Many basic questions concemlng Plateau's problem have been set tled in the past decade. The fundamental existence theorem of Douglas, Theorem
7. 1,
may now be sharpened to the form: let r be an arbitrary
Jordan curve in E3• Then there extsts a regula:r simply-connected minimal surface bounded by r. (See Osserman
Gulliver, Osserman, and Royden l i ], and Ait
1 1 1 1.
Gulltver I l l.
[ 1 ]. ) Among the further
questions that arise are whether or not the surface obtal ned is actually embedded ( i .e. , without self-Intersections), and when the solution is unique. If the curve r lies on the boundary of a convex body, then
Meeks and Yau I l l proved that the surface is indeed embedded, whUe, independently. Almgren and Simon
[ 1 ] and Tomi
and Tromba I l l proved
related embedding results. Earlier. Gulliver and Spruck I l l proved the result under the additlonal assumptlon that the total curvature of r was
at most 41T.
In ali the above results we cannot properly speak of the surface bounded by r (or the Douglas solution) slnce one does not ln general have unlqueness. An interesUng example ls provided by Enneper's
surface. In the standard representation of Enneper's surface ( see p. 65 , above), If one denotes by r, the image of the circle
[10]
has shown that for
1 <
r
< 1
1'1
=
r, then Nltsche
+ e there exist at !east three distinct
solutions to Plateau's problem wlth boundary f,. In the other direction, Ruchert I l l proved that for 0
<
r ,.:;
1,
the solution ls unique. Ruchert's
proof makes use of a sharpened form of a unlqueness theorem due to
143
APPENDIX 3 DEVELOPMENTS IN MINIMAL SURFACES, 19 70-1985 1. Plateau 's Problem Many basle questions concernlng Plateau's problem have been set tled ln the past decade. The fundamental existence theorem of Douglas, Theorem 7. 1, may now be sharpened to the form: Let r be an arbitrary
Jordan curoe in E3• Then there exists a regular simply-con nected minimal surface bounded by r. (See Osserman 1 1 1 1 . Gulliver
I l l.
Gulllver, Osserman, and Royden [ 1 ] , and Alt [ 1 ]. ) Among the further questions that arise are whether or not the surface obtalned is actually embedded ( i . e . . wlthout self-Intersections ), and when the solution is unique. 1f the curve r lies on the boundary of a convex body. then
Meeks and Yau [ 1 1 proved that the surface is lndeed embedded. while. independently. Almgren and Simon [ 1 ] and Tom! and Tromba [ 1 ] proved related embedding results. Earlier. Gulllver and Spruck ! 1 1 proved the result under the additional assumption that the total curvature of r was
at most 4?T.
In ali the above results we cannot properly speak of the surface bounded by r (or the Douglas solution) since one does not ln general have uniqueness. An interesting example is provlded by Enneper's
surface. In the standard representation of Enneper's surface (see p. 65 . above), If one denotes by r, the image of the clrcle
[ lOI has shown that for 1
<
r
<
1
+
1'1
=
r, then Nitsche
e there exlst at least three distinct
solutions to Plateau's problem with boundary r,. In the other direction, Ruchert [ 1 ] proved that for 0
<
r .;; 1, the solution is unique. Ruchert's
proof makes use of a sharpened form of a uniqueness theorem due to
143
144
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Nltsche [91: a real analyttc Jordan curve in E3 whose total curvature ts at most 4 1T bounds a untque simply-con nected minimal surface. An lnterestlng counterpart ls a construction of Almgren and Thurston
I ll.
who show that gtuen any E and any positive integer g. there extsts a Jordan curve r ln E3 wlth the property that the total curvature of r ts at most 41T + E. and any embedded minimal surface bounded by r must haue genus at least g. If one drops the requlrement of simple connectivlty, then one has extensive results due to Gulllver
[2] on
the
regularlty of Douglas' solutions of hlgher topologlcal type (where the topologlcal type ls speclfled ln advance), and the basle theorem of Hardt and Simon
I l l provlng
the existence of a regular embedded minimal
surface spannlng an arbltrary glven set of Jordan curves ln E3 • When we go to En, n ;;. 4, although Douglas' basle existence the orem 7. 1 stlll holds , both regularlty and unlqueness tend to break down. An Important example ls the surface S ln E4 deflned non parametrtcally by
lx1
+ tx2l
E;
3
x
=
Re{R(x1 + lx2l4},
x4
=
Im{R(x1 + tx2J4}.
1, R a positive constant. As was noted at the end of §2, S ls
a minimal surface. Its boundary r ls a Jordan curve. Federer
I l l showed
that S ls ln fact the unique orlented surface of !east area bounded by r. Thus ln this case, Douglas' solution is unique. On the other hand, Morgan
I l l has shown
that there exlsts a non-orlented minimal surface
s• bounded by r. and that for sufflclently large R there exists a one parameter family of isometrles of E4 mapplng r onto ltself and taklng s•
jonto a one-parameter family of mutually distinct m inimal surfaces of !east area ali bounded by r. Federer's Theorem also gtves examples where Douglas' solution ls not regular. but has branch points. Even for non-parametrlc solutions, uniqueness may fail. Thus, ln
ftheorem 7.2. the solution is unique when n
�
hereas for n
;;.
3 by Lemma 10. 1 ,
4 there exlst arbitrarily smooth boundary values o n the
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
145
unit circle for which the solution is not unique ( Lawson and Osserman [ l ]l. A paper of White 1 2 1 gtves a generlc regularity result : for almost
every smooth closed curve in En, the unorlented area-minimizing sur faces that lt bounds have no singularltles. Returning to E3, Morgan [31 gave another example of a continuum of distinct minimal surfaces havlng the same boundary. In his example, the boundary ls the union of four disjoint circles. On the other band, in the paper referred to above. Hardt and Simon i l l show that if r is an arbitrary collection of sufflclently smooth Jordan curves ln E3, then r can bound only a fini te number of oriented area-mtntmtzing surfaces. Thelr result uses basic earlier work of Bôhme and Tom! [ 1 1. as weil as Tomi [ 11. For further work on f1niteness. we refer to the papers of Tromba [ l J. Morgan ( 2 , 5 ] , Nttsche [III]. Beeson 121. Kolso I l l . and Bôhme and Tromba [ 1 ). Another area of major progress is that of regularity at the boundary. This was settled by a number of authors followlng the Initial ground breaking work of Hildebrandt [3]. For details we refer to the book of Nltsche
lill (Chapter V, §2. 1 ) and to the paper of Hardt and Simon [ 1 ].
Finally we note that a totally different approach to regularlty ls gtven by Beeson I l l. who applies varlational arguments in a neigh borhood of a branch point. For background on the subject of branch points on minimal surfaces, see Osserman I I I and Nitsche [II], V. 2.2. For more on Plateau's problem, tncludtng a long list of open problems, see the lecture notes of Meeks [ I ]. 2. Stabiltty There ts a class of minimal surfaces that falls between that of the area-minimizing surfaces and that of the totaltty of ali minimal sur-
46
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
faces: stable minimal surfaces. There are various r.ouous of stability, but basically a stable surface is area-minimiztng relative to nearby surfaces with the same boundary. Thus, stable minimal surfaces are precisely the ones that one would expect to obtain in physical experi ments. In terms of our discussion ln §3, mlnlmality of a surface ls equivalent to the vanishing of the first variation of area A'(OJ under ali deformations of the surface leavlng the boundary flxed. Thus, mlni 1
mality ls a necessary condition for a surface to be area-mlnlmizing. However, If for sorne deformation the second variation is negative.
A"(OJ < O. then there are nearby surfaces of smaller area. and the surface ls called unstable. The property of stability has assumed increasing Importance in recent years. Among the results obtalned are the following: Barbosa and do Carmo [ 1[ showed that for a surface S in E3, if the image of S under the Gauss map has area less than 21T, then S is stable: the second variation of area is positive for ali deformations fixing the boundary. This result has found important applications in Nttsche's theorems [9,IIII on uniqueness and fintteness. It was later generallzed to minimal surfaces ln En by Spruck [ 1 [ , replacing the Gauss map by the eneralized Gauss map ( 12. 7). Spruck's result was ln turn lmproved by arbosa and do Carmo 121. who showed that the assumpt!on ffiKidA < 411'/3 implied stability for simply-connected minimal surfaces in En. The above results ali involve sufficient conditions for stabiUty. In the other direction. the assumptlon of stability often has important consequences. One example ls a recent result of Schoen [ 1 ], who obtains an analog of inequality ( 1 1 . 1 ) for stable surfaces. Specifically, Schoen shows that there ls a universal constant c such that if S is a stable
!minimal suiface ln E3, thenjor any point p ln S the Gauss curvature K
1Q{ S at p satisfles IK!pll � c/d2, where d
ls the distancefrom p to the
147
DEVEWPMENTS 1970-1985
boundary of S. Since a non-parametric minimal surface can easily be shown to be area-mintmizing with respect to its boundary and hence stable, Schoen's result is an extension of Heinz inequality ( 1 1 . 7 ) , which in turn tmpltes Bernstein's Theorem. It also tmplies the earlier result of Fischer-Colbrie and Schoen
I l l and do Carmo and Peng [ li that, if S
is a
complete globally stable minimal surface tn E3, then S ts a plane. The assumptton "S globally stable" means that every relatlvely compact domain D on S ts stable. Another class of surfaces that are area-mtnimiztng, and therefore globally stable, is complex holomorphie curves in (:n, considered as real surfaces in E2n (Federer [ 1 ] ) . A paper of Micallef [ l ] makes a number of important contributions to the study of stability, including the proof that a complete global!y stable minimal surface in E4 must be a holo morphie complex curve with respect to sorne orthogonal complex struc ture on E4 (which is thereby identlfied with C2), provlded that sorne further condition is satlsfied, such as a restriction on the Gauss map. finite total curvature, or that the surface is non-parametric. This last condition was obtained independently by Kawa! [ 1] . It shows in par tlcular that the surfaces, such as ( 5 . 19), obtained as global solutions of the minimal surface equation must be unstable, even though they are non-parametric. The paper of Schoen [ 1 1 applies to minimal surfaces not only in E3 but also in a three-dlmenslonal Rtemannian manifold. The study of stable minimal surfaces ln Rlemanntan manifolds has been a very fruitful one in recent years and has led to sorne of the most Important advances. These will be discussed below in Sections 6.IV.A and 6.V. 3 . Isoperimetric tnequaltttes There are two roles that lsoperimetrtc inequalities have played in recent work on minimal surfaces. First, isoperimetric inequallties for
148
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
domains on minimal surfaces have been applied ill a .nümber of wa�. (For a discussion of such applications, see §4 of Osserman [III]. ) Second, isoperimetric tnequalities on arbitrary surfaces have been applied to the theory of minimal surfaces. For example, the stability results of Barbosa and do Carmo f l . 2, 31 and Spruck
Ill depend on the use of iso
perimetric inequalities on the image of a minimal surface u nder the (generalized) G auss map. It bas been a long-standing conjecture that the classlcal lso perlmetric inequality L2 ;ae 41TA should hold for an arbttrary domain on a minimal surface in E11, where A is the area of the domain, and L the length of the boundary. Until recently that was only known for an oriented domain bounded by a single Jordan curve. (New and simpler proofs of that have been given by Chakerian I l l and Chavel [ 1 ]. ) Then 1t was proved for doubly-connected domains, ftrst in E3 (Osserman and Schiffer [ 1 )) and then in general ( Feinberg [ 1 ]). That i n turn implied the result for minimal Môbius strips ( Osserman ( 13 ]). Except under further hypotheses, the sharp isoperimetric inequality for domains of arbitrary topological type on minimal surfaces is still not known. (See LI, Schoen. and Yau
I l l for certain hypotheses that suffice. ) For more details, see
Nltsche !III. §323 , and Osserman [III ] , §4.
4. Complete minimal surfaces One of the most strlking results of recent years is a theorem of Xavier [ 1 ] that goes a long way toward answering the questions on p. 74, above, concerning the gap between Theorems 8. 2 and 8.3. What Xavier shows is that the normals to a complete minimal surface in E3, not a
plane, can omit at most six directions. The method of proof is qui te different from that used in the proof of Theorem 8.2, and it does not seem amenable to reducing the number of omitted values to four, which
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
14
by Theorem 8.3 would be best possible value. Thus, it sttll remains an '1
open question to determine the precise number of values that the normals to a complete non-planar minimal surface ln EJ can omit. Xavier's Theorem represents a very strong general!zation of Bern stein's Theorem (Corollary 1 of Theo rem 5 . 1 ). Two other general!zatlons of Bernstein's Theorem ln different directions have been proved re cently. One !s the theorem on complete globally stable surfaces dis cussed above. The other is a theorem of Schoen and Simon [2). Instead of a condition on the Gauss map or on stability, an assumption is made on area growth. Speclfically, they prove the followtng: let S be a stmply
connected complete minimal surface embedded in E3• For someftxed point p in S, let Sp(r) denote the component containing p of the intersection of S with a bal! of radius r centered at p. Let A(r) be the area qf SP( r). If A(r) < Mr2 for someftxed M. then S must be a plane. Using the area-m!nim!zlng property of non-parametric minimal sur faces. and comparing Sp(r) with the area of a domain on the sphere of radius r having the same boundary. one sees easily that the classical Bernstein Theorem is a consequence of the Schoen-Simon Theorem. An excit!ng recent development has been the discovery of the first new complete embedded minimal surface of finite genus in over two hundred years . The previously known examples were the plane, the catenoid, and the hel!coid. A paper of Jorge and Meeks [ 1 1 studied necessary conditions on the Weierstrass representation for the resulttng surface to be a complete embedded minimal surface. Using those condi tions, Costa I l l showed that there exists a constant c such that the choice off= p g = c/p' in the Weierstrass representation (8.2), (8.6), ,
where p is the elliptic p-function of Weierstrass based on the unit square, gtves a complete minimal surface of genus one ln E3, wlth three embedded ends. Hoffman used computer graphies to obta!n excellent
150
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
plctures of Costa's surface, showing clearly that it was embedded. (See Peterson [1]. ) Hoffman and Meeks
I l l gave an analytic proof of the
embeddedness, and subsequently [2] found complete embedded mi nimal surfaces of every genus. Returning to the distribution of normals, we note that Gackstatter
I l l showed that the normals
E3,
to
a complete abelian minimal suiface in
not a plane, can omit at mostjour directions. Complete abelian
minimal surfaces are a generalization of complete surfaces of fin !te total curvature for which the functions 'Pk of (4.6) extend to be meromorphic on a compact Riemann surface, but the
X�c
=
ReJ'P1c need not be single
valued. Since the surfaces of Theorem 8.3 are abelian, the nurnber "4" of Gackstatter's theorem is sharp. Finally, we refer to the papers of Meeks 13], Jorge and Meeks Gulliver 13], and Gulliver and Lawson
I l l.
I l l for further results on complete
minimal surfaces of finite total curvature in Es.
Complete minimal surfaces ln En have been studied by various authors. Among recent results, we note the following. Gackstatter ( 2 ] studied relationships between vartous quantities associated with a complete minimal surface En. Let
S of finite total curvature ln
m be the dimension of the smallest affine subspace of En
containing
S. Let k be the number of boundary points of S. and g its
genus. Then the total curvature of S satisfies f f KdA � ( 3 s
- m
-
k
4ghr.
This result complements inequality (9.22) in Theorem 9.3, which holds in En as weil as Es (Chern and Osserman
[ 1 )). Combining the two, one
can prove the following result. complementing Theorem 9.4: if f f KdA = -
4Tr,
s
then either S ts stmply-connected and m � 6, or else S ts
doubly-connected fg
=
0,
k
2)
and m � 5. This theorem was first
151
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
proved by C. C . Chen [31 using other arguments. One can in fact give a complete characterizatlon of the surfaces with total curvature
- 411'
( Hoffman and Osserman [ 1 ]). The doubly-connected ones are particularly interesting. They are a kind of generalized catenoid, in the sense that they are ail generated by a one-parameter family of ellipses (or circles) that are obtained by in tersecting the surface with the set of ali hyper planes parallel to a given fixed one. In that connection we note another result of C. C. Chen [ 2 ] :
a minimal suiface S tn En that ts tsometric to a
catenoid is tnjact ttseif a catenoid lytng in a three-dimensional affine subspace. Finally we note that the complete minimal surfaces of total curva ture
211' have a very simple characterizatlon:
let (z.w) be coordinates
in IC2 For each real c > O. the graph oj thejunction w •
czz
represents a minimal suiface in E4 with total curvature - 2'lf. Every complete minimal suiface in En with total curvature
- 2'lf lies ln a
jour-dtmensional affine subspace and is congruent to one qf the above suifaces. This theorem is a somewhat sharpened form of a theorem of C. C. Chen [3). For this and further related results we refer to Hoffman and Osserman i 1 ]. The above results characterizing complete minimal surfaces with total curvature - 211' and - 411' follow from a general characterlzatlon of complete minimal surfaces of genus zero and given total curvature (Hoffman and Osserman [ 1 ), Proposition 6 . 5 ) . In particular, one has a general construction for genus zero minimal surfaces. As mentioned on p. 89, above, it would be interesting to have more examples ln the higher genus case. A paper of Gackstatter and Kunert
I l l shows that
given any compact Riemann suiface M, there exist points p1,
•
•
•
Pk>
and a complete minimal suiface S ojjtnite curvature ln E3 dejined by a map x(p): M-E3, where M =M - {p1,
•
•
•
pk}. ln fact, their method
152
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
gives many such surfaces for any given
M, including a continuum of
conformally distinct types . What still remains to be studied is to what degree one can prescribe the points p1
•
•
•
.,
Pk· (See also Chen and
Gackstatter ( l l. and, for non-orientable surfaces. Oliveira ( l J, ) With n o assumption o n finite total curvature. we have very recent extensions of Xavier's Theorem to E4 by Chen 1 4 1 and to En by Fuj imoto
I l l. Fuj imoto shows that if S is a complete minimal surface in
En with
non-degenerate Gauss map g. then g(S) cannotfail to tntersect more than n2 hyperplanes in general position. In a second paper. Fujimoto 121 gives a remarkable generalizatlon of ali these Picard-type theorems in
the form of Nevanlinna-type theorems for the Gauss map.
5. Minimal graphs Many results on minimal graphs in E3 extend only partially. or not at ali. to higher codimension. Theorem 7.2 asserts the existence of a solution to the minimal surface equation in a convex plane domain corresponding to an arbi trary set of contlnuous boundary functions. For the case of a single boundary function, it follows from Lemma 10. 1 that the solution is unique. It turns out that in the general case uniqueness does not hold. In fact. even when D is the unit disk, one can show that there exists a
pair of real analyticfunctions on the boundary of D to which corre spond three distinct solutions in D of the minimal-surface equation (Lawson and Osserman
[ I l).
Another result that falls when going from E3 to En is Bers' Theorem (Theorem 10.2) asserttng that a solution of the minimal-surface equa tion cannot have an isolated singularity. There are simple counterexam ples as soon as n = 4, such as the complex functlon w = 1/z, considered as a pair of functlons of two real variables. However, one does have the
DEYELOPMENTS 1970-1985
153
following result (Osserman [ 12 11: letj(x1,x2) be a vector solution Q/ the
2 2 minimal s urface equation (2.8) in O<x + x <11.jor sorne 11.>0. S uppose 1 2 th at all components ojj with at most one exception extend continuously to the ortgin. Thenj extends to the origtn, is smooth there, and sattsjies (2.8). This result contatns as special cases both Bers' Theorem and the followtng result proved tndependently by Harvey and Lawson
2
ijj(x1,x� is continuous i n x + x 2 < 11. 2 and is a solution Q/ (2.8) in l 2 2 0 < x + x2 < 11. 2 , thenj is a solution in thejull disk. l
Ill:
2
Finally we note that Simon [ 2 1 has generaltzed the removable stngularity result of Nitsche and of de Giorgi and Stampacchia (see p. 98, above) by eltminating the hypothests that the excepttonal set E be a compact subset of D. 6. Generalizations We follow here the order adopted in Appendix 2, and list just a few of the subsequent results most pertinent here. 1. Wider classes oj surfaces in E3
A. Surfaces qf constant mean curvature A whole new approach to Plateau's p roblem for surfaces of constant mean curvature was devised by Wente
I l l and elaborated in later papers
of Steffen 1 1. 2 1 and Wente [ 2 ]. (See the last of these for details and further references . ) Wente's method involves minimizing area subject to a volume constratnt, in contrast to the earlier method of Heinz 1 2 1 based on a variational problem wlth the mean curvature H p rescribed in advance. An analog of Theorem 8. 1 has been proved by Hoffman, Osserman,
and Schoen [ 1 ] . They show that if S is a complete surface oj constant
mean curvature in E3 whose Gauss map lies in a closed hemisphere, , then S is either a plane or a right circular cylinder. Examples of
154
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
complete surfaces of revolution of constant mean curvature show that the Gauss map can lie in an arbitrarily narrow band about an equator. An important observation due to Ruh
I l l is that a surface has
constant mean curvature If and only If its Gauss map ls a harmonie
map. For details on this and the general theory of harmonie maps see Eells and Lemaire 1 1 .2 1 . (See also the comments on harmonie maps ln VI below. ) Kenmotsu
I l l derived a representation theorem for surfaces of con
stant mean curvature, similar to the Weierstrass representation theorem of Lemmas 8. 1 and 8.2. He proved that if g ts a harmonie map Qf a
simply-connected plane domain D into the unit sphere I. then there exists a surface S oj constant mean eurvature in E3 dtiftned as a branehed immersion
x:
D
_..,
E3 where the coordinates in D are iso
thermal parameters on S and the map g is the eomposttton Q/ the immersion map D
_..,
S with the Gauss map S
_..,
I. More generally. for
arbitrary surfaces ln E3 of variable mean curvature H. Kenmotsu derives an lntegrability condition relating H with the Gauss map. and obtains a generalized Weierstrass representation theorem. For further results along these lines, see Hoffman and Osserman [4). Although somewhat further afield, the most strlklng recent result on surfaces of constant mean curvature is the answer by Wente [31 to an old problem of Heinz Hopf: Are the re any compact immersed surfaces of constant mean curvature ln E3 other than the standard sphere ? Wente showed that there is such a surface in the form of an lmmersed torus. Severa! notions of stabillty are possible for surfaces of constant mean curvature. For a discussion and some recent results, see Barbosa and do Carmo [ 5 ), Palmer
I l l. and da Silveira [ 1 ].
B. Quastmtnimal surfaces The question ralsed on p. 137, above, has been settled by S imon
155
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
(14], Theorem 4 . 1 ) who showed that Bernstein's Theorem holds for arbitrary quaslminimal surfaces. The paper of Schoen and Simon [21 referred t o earlier, where Bernstein's Theorem i s generalized b y impos ing a bound on area growth rather than a non•parametrtc representa tion, is actually valid for all quasiminimal surfaces. Another paper of Simon ! 5 1 gives generalizatlons of Heinz' inequaltty
( I L 7) and of Bers'
Theorems, Theorem 1 0 . 2 and 1 1 . 2, for quasimlnimal surfaces that are defined via solutions to equations of "mean curvature type. " This class of equations is considerably broader than similar ones con�idered earlier by Finn [2,4) and Jenkins and Serrin [ 1.2). C. Complete surfaces Q{flnite total curvature A recent paper of White [3] shows that many of the results of Chapter 9 conœrning the Gauss map and total curvature of a complete surface hold in great generality. Without assuming minimality or any other local condition, White gives new proofs and generalizations of Theorems 9. 1 and 9. 2. and Lemma 9. 5. He assumes only that S is a complete surface in E3 satsfying the condition f5(2H2
- KJdA
also obtains analogous results in En, generalizing those of Chern and Osserman ( 1 ).
A paper of Osserman [ 14] shows that a surface in En gtven by a polynomial map must have finite total curvature; if tt is in addition a regular complete surface, then it must be conformally the plane. IL Hypersurfaces in En A Minimal hypersurfaces
One of the major advances of the past decade was a paper of Schoen, Simon, and Yau i l l in which they obtain pointwise curvature estimates generalizing Heinz' inequallty ( H . 7) to non-parametric mini mal hypersurfaces in En for n < 6. An immediate consequence was a
156
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
new proof of Bernstein's Theorem in those dimensions. But more important were the methods used, which have led to many further results (see IV.A, below). A number of improvements on the original paper were given by Simon 1 1 .3 1. A higher-dimensional version of the parametric Bernstein Theorem, Theorem 8. 1 , has been given by Solomon
I l l. ln fact, he gives a finite
version, analogous to the parametric version of Theo rem ( 1 1 . 1 ) (Osser man 121) in the following form: let M be a smooth area-minimizing
hyperswjace of E n. S uppose that thefirst cohomology class of M is zero, and that the Gauss map of M omtts a neighborhood U of some great (n - 3)-dimensional sphere on the (n - 1)-sphere. Then there exists a constant c depending on n and U such thatfor any point p of M. if d is the distancefrom p the boundary of M and if K1,
•
•
•
,
Kn - t are the principal curvatures of M at p. then 2 2 K + ••• +K � c/d2 . l n- I
A paper of Morgan 1 5 1 gives a number of finiteness theorems for the set of solutions to Plateau's problem for various classes of minimal hypersurfaces in En , for n
�
7.
ln another direction, the paper of Simon
121 sharpening the remov
able singularity theorem of de Giorgi and Stampacchia holds in ali dimensions. A question that has been studied by a number of au thors is the following: given a Riemannian metric, when can it be realized on a minimal hypersurface in En? The case n Curbastro Ziller
=
3 was treated by Ricci
I l J. while higher dimensions were considered by Pin! and
I l l. and Barbosa and do Carmo 1 4 1. Further conditions,
as
weil as
a review of the whole subject, are contained in Chern and Osserman
121.
DEVEWPMENTS 1970-1985
157
B. Other hyperswjaces ln the papers of Simon [ 2 , 3 ) referred to above, he shows that the generalized Heinz inequality, Bemstein's Theorem , and the de Giorgi-Stampacchia Theorem ali hold for broader classes of hypersur faces. ln particular, he extends the results of Jenkins [ 1 ) for parametric elliptic functionals in two dimensions to three dimensions, and he shows that a Heinz inequality and the Bernstein Theorem hold through dimension 7 for the non-parametric Euler-Lagrange equation of any integrand whose associated parametric functional is close enough to the area integrand. A higher-dimensional version of Hopfs question referred to earlier (6. l.A) was answered by W. -Y. Hsiang [3], who showed that for ali n ;;. 3 there exist non-standard immersions of the n-sphere in En+ I with constant mean curvature. (Hopf had shown that to be impossible when n = 2. ) Ill. Mi n i m al vartettes tn En A major breakthrough was the paper of White [ 1 ], solving the classical Plateau problem in higher dimensions. Specifically, any smooth map of the ( n - 2 )-sphere into En, for 4 � n � 7, extends to a Lipschitz map of the ( n - 1 )-ball that minimizes ( n - 1)-dimensional area among ali such maps. In fact, in ali dimensions n ;;. 4, the infimum of areas obtained from Lipschitz maps (the parametric problem) is the same as one gets using integral currents or singular chains. This result con trasts strongly with the situation for E3 , where, for example, a higher genus surface spanning a given Jordan curve may have much less area than the parametric ( Douglas) solution, obtained by mapping a disk. Sorne of the most interesting other results have concerned minimal graphs of arbitrary dimension and codimension. An m-dimensional
158
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
graph in En ts gtven by a set of functions xk =fk (x1 ,
•
•
•
, Xml• k = m + 1 ,
. . . , n, o r by a vector functtonf(x) , where x = (xl, . . . , Xm l . f= ifm + I • . . . . fnl· The corresponding submantfold is minimal in En if and only if f satisfies the minimal surface equation
(*)
where (g!l) = (gu l -
1
iJf
iJf
·a a . The equation (2.8) is the special and gu = 8 u + X 1 x1
case m = 2 of this equation. (See Osserman [ 9 [ , p. 1099, and [V]. ) One of the surprising results for minimal variettes of higher co dimension concerns the Dirichlet problem. Lawson and Osserman [ 1] showed that one can prescribe a set of three quadratic polynomtals on the boundary of the unit hall in E4 which are not the boundary values of any solution to the minimal surface system over the intertor of the hall. Thus, Theorem 7. 2 , which holds for dimension 2 and arbitrary co dimension, as well as for arbitrary dimension and codimension 1 . fatls for dimension 4 and codimension 3. Another result in the same paper is that there is a ( specifically given) minimal cone of dimension 4 and codimension 3 , whtch represents a solution of the minimal-surface sys tem everywhere except at the ortgtn, where tt is continuous but has a non-removable stngularity. A Bernstein-type theorem in arbttrary d imension and codimension was proved by Hildebrandt, Jost. and Widman [ 1 ] : Letf(x) be a solution
Q/ the minimal surface equation ( * ) over all Q/ Em . Suppose there exists a number j30
< 1 /cos P( 7r/2
n = m + 1 , K = 2 if n
>
�J .
where p = min{m , n - m} and K = 1 if
m + 1. lf [ det(gulP'2
component!J Q/f is a linearfu nctton Q/ x 1 ,
j30 everywhere, then each
:!S;
•
•
•
, Xm.
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
159
Thus, the only entire solutions come from affine subspaces, pro vided a suitable gradient bound holds. In the hypersurface case n=
m + 1, the condition reduces to a uniform gradient bound on the
defining function, and the theorem reduces to that of Moser [ 1 ] . One problem in dealing with minimal submanifolds o f high dimen sion and codimension is the pauc i ty of examples . In that respect, recent work of Harvey and Lawson [ 1 . 3 1 is of special interest. They show that a certain class of closed differentiai forms can be used to single out submanifolds of euclidean spaces that are area-minimizing in their homology class. A special case of their construction is the family of Kahler submanifolds of 4>. where Cn is identified with E2n. They give other explicit examples, along wtth the partial differentiai equations that must be satisfted by non-parametric submanifolds in each class. A a special case they recover the minimal cone of Lawson and Osserman referred to above, which is thereby not only a solution of the minimal surface equation, but absolutely area-minimizing with respect to its boundary. For absolutely area-minimizing submanifolds (and more generally, integral currents) , Almgren [ 4 ] has recently proved the long-sought sharp isoperimetric inequality, wi th the same constant as obtained for an open subset of euclidean space of the same dimension. Concerning complete m inimal submanifolds, there are sorne strik ing recent results of Anderson [3 ]. He shows that the main theorems concerning the structure and the Gauss map for complete minimal surfaces of ftntte total curvature, proved in Chapter 9 for surfaces in E3 and extended by Chern and Osserman [ I l to surfaces in En, have extensions to minimal submanifolds of arbitrary dimension and co dimension.
160
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
IV. Minimal subvartettes of a Riemanntan manifold The move from euclidean to more general Riemannian spaces as the amblent manifold represents undoubtedly the area of greatest actlvlty ln recent years. One of the main differences is that tt allows minimal submanifolds to be compact. From the vast amount of work that has been done, we select just a few results.
A. Existence theorems Ustng a combinatlon of the methods of geometrie measure theory, in particular as developed by Almgren and Yau
I l l.
[ 11.
and those of Schoen, Simon,
Pltts III has obtalned the most striking general existence
theorems, including the followlng: let M be a compact n-dtmenstonal Riemannian manifold of class Ck, where 3 � n � 6 and 5 � k �
oo,
Then there extsts a non-empty compact embedded minimal hypersur face of class Ck- l ln M. Using a somewhat different approach, Schoen
and Simon
Ill
were able to extend Pitts' results to n � 7, as well as to
prove an important regularity theorem for stable minimal hypersurfaces in arbitrary dimension. In both papers stability plays a fundamental role, as tt does in the paper of Schoen, Simon, and Yau
(1],
rouch of
which applies to stable minimal hypersurfaces in an arbitrary Riemann lan manifold. There are a number of more special but very important existence theorems. Among them we note the theorem of Lawson
{6),
that there
exist compact minimal surfaces of every genus in the 3-sphere, and a kind of dual result of Sacks and Uhlenbeck
I l l.
proving the existence of
generalized minimal surfaces of the type of the 2-sphere in a broad class of Riemannian manifolds. A later paper of Sacks and Uhlenbeck 1 2 1 roves existence of minimal immersions o f higher-genus compact sur aces. Results of a similar nature were also proved by Schoen and Yau
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985
l l l.
161
and applied to the study of three-dlmensional manifolds (see V.A.B.
below). B. Minimal surfaces in constant curoature manifolds Minimal surfaces in spheres continue to be studied extenstvely. For recent results and references to earlier ones, see the papers of Barbosa
[ 1 ] and Fischer-Colbrie I l l. There has also been sorne work on minimal surfaces ln hyperbolic space and ln compact flat manifolds. For the latter, see Meeks [ 1 .2], Mlcallef 121. and Nagano and Smyth { 1 ), and further references there. Among the topics covered, we may mention : a) an analog of Theorems 8. 1 and 8.2 stating that a compact minimal submanifold in the sphere must be a lower-dimensional great sphere if the normals omit a large enough set. The first theorem of that type is in Simons [ 1 ) ; for the best results to date and for earlier references see Fischer-Colbrie ( 1 ]. b) stability: again the first results are due to Simons ( 1 ), and then later, Lawson and Simons
[ 1].
We note in particular the fact that there
does not extst any stable compact minimal submanifold on a stan dard sphere. Extensions of the Barbosa-do Carmo Theorem [ l i have been made by a number of authors, in particular Barbosa and do Carmo
[2 ,31. Mort { l i. and Hoffman and Osserman 121. For a more detailed survey of stability, see do Carmo [1]. In V. below, we give a number of applications of stability results. c) the "spherlcal Bernstein problem": Hsiang [41 has shown that for
n = 4,5,6, there exist minimal hyperspheres embedded in sn, different from the great hyperspheres. C. Foliations with mintmal leaves Minimal surfaces have turned up in a somewhat surprising manner
162
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
as leaves of a foliation. In particular, a number of recent papers treat the question of characterizing those foliations such that there exists a Riemannian metrlc for which the leaves of the gtven foliation are ali minimal submanifolds (see Rummler ( 1 ), Sullivan [ 1 ], Haeflinger [ 1 ], and Harvey and Lawson 141 1. V.
Applications Q{ minimal surfaces ln recent years the theory of minimal surfaces has been applied to
the solution of a number of important problems in other parts of mathematics. We gtve here several examples. A.
Topology
ln a series of papers, Meeks and Yau [ 1-5 1 have shown how adept use of solutions to the Plateau problem in Riemannlan manifolds can lead to important consequences of a purely topologtcal nature. The most striking example was their part in a string of results whlch when combined led to the solution of a long-standing problem ln topology known as the Smith Conjecture (see Meeks and Yau [5J). Similar methods are used to obtain other purely topological results in the theory of 3-manifolds ln a recent paper of Meeks, Simon, and Yau
I l l.
In a somewhat different direction, Schoen and Yau ( 1 , 2] use the existence of certain area-minimizing surfaces to obtain topological obstructions to the existence of metrics with positive scalar curvature on a given manifold. The stability of the minlmizing surface plays a key role in the argument. More recently, Gromov and Lawson
I l l have made
a somewhat different use of stable minimal surfaces to study existence of metrlcs with varlous conditions on the scalar curvature. Those results are in turn used to derive topological properties of stable mini mal hypersurfaces in manifolds with lower bounds on the scalar cur vature. The existence of stable minimal 2-spheres is used to derive a
DEVELOPMENTS 1970-1985 homotopy result by J. D. Moore due to Lawson and Simons
[ 1 ]. Other results of a related nature are
[ 1 ) and Aminov I l l. Still other applications of
minimal surfaces to topology have been given by Hass Nakauchi
163
1 1 .3 1. and
[ 1 ].
B. Relattvtty By much more delicate arguments. but fundamentally an extension of those used in the papers referred to above. Schoen and Yau
( 3.41 were
able to prove a well-known conjecture ln general relativity . the "positive mass conjecture . .. Using results in these papers, they later obtained a mathematical proof of the existence of a black hole (Schoen and Yau
[5]). Other applications to relattvity are gtven by Frankel and Galloway
[ 1 ]. C. Geometrie inequalittes Let C be a Jordan curve ln En and let B be a closed set such that B and C are linked. (When n
=
3 . B would typically be another closed
curve . ) Gehrlng posed the problem of showing that tf the distance between B and C is
r.
then the length L of C satisftes L � 27Tr. Several
proofs of this inequaUty were given, including one ( Osserman
[ 1 3)) that
used the solution of Plateau's problem for C and the lsoperimetric lnequality on the resultlng minimal surface. lt was pointed out ln that paper that the same argument would yield
an
analogous result ln ali
dimensions. provided one has a parametrlc solution to Plateau's prob lem and a sharp isoperimetrlc inequality for the resulting surface. Neither of those results was available at the Ume, but they have slnce been proved by White I l l and Almgren
(4], respectively. ln the meantime
a somewhat different proof of Gehring's lnequality was obtained by Bombierl and Simon
1 1], also using minimal surfaces, and a strengthen-
164
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
ing of the result was glven by Gage [ 1 ). A generalizatlon of Gehring's lnequallty was subsequently obtained by Gromov
I ll.
p. 106, as part of a
major new approach to whole classes of geometrie inequal!ties. Solu tions to generaUzed Plateau problems are basic to Gromov's arguments.
VI. Harmonie maps The class of harmonie m appings has proved to be of increasing Importance in recent years. Harmonie maps have many ties to minimal surfaces. First of ali they represent a direct generalization. in that,
if a
mapf: M -"' N ls an isometrtc immersion qf one Riemanntan manifold into another, thenf ls harmonie if and only iff(MJ ls a minimal submanifold of N. When M ls two-dlmenslonal, the same result holds If is assumed to be conformai, rather than an lsometry. Sl ightly more generally, one has the following { Hoffman and Osserman [21):
letf:
M -"' N be a conformai map where the coriformalfactor p ls a smooth non-negattvefunction wtth p > 0 except on a set qf measure zero. Then if dim M = 2 , f ts harmonie if and only iff(MJ ls a generalized minimal submanifold of N; t.e . j ls an immersion almost everywhere .
with mean curvature zero; if dim M > 2. thenf ls harmonie if and only iff ls homothetie (p ls constant on each connected component of MJ
andf(MJ ls a minimal submanifold qf N. Given a mapf:
1
M -"' N, we may assume that N is embedded
isometrlcall y in sorne En. If dim parameters
u�> u2 on M, and thus get a representation off in the form
x(u1,u�. where x = (x1, (ilx,/ilu1) 1
M = 2, we may choose local isothermal
•
•
•
,
xnJ. We may form the functlons (f)�rW =
t{ ilx�rlilu2), as in (4.6), and we define q>{U
I t turns out that
iff ls a harmonie map, then
=
Ï q>�(tJ.
k�l
q> ls a holomorphie
function. {See Chern and Goldberg [ 1 ), §5. Sacks and Uhlenbeck [ 1 ),
i Prop. 1 .5 ,
and T. K. Milnor
1 li.J
Furthermore, under change of isother-
: mal parameters, q> behaves like the coefficient of a quadrauc differentiai
165
DEVELOPMENTS 19 70-1985
;;;;
O. But that means precisely that the mapj is conformai. Since
the image of a conformai harmonie map is a minimal surface, tt follows that
N
the !mage of any harmonte mapj: 52 --�> N is a mtntmal swjaee in
(Chern and Goldberg [ I l, Prop. 5 . 1 ) . Another link between harmonie maps and minimal surfaces i s the
fact that
a map j: M --�> N ts harmonte if and only if the graph ofj is
mtntmal ln M
x
N
(Eells [ 1]).
We note also that if a foliation is deflned by a Riemannian submer sion]: M
--�>
N,
thenj is harmonie If and only If the leaves are minimal
ln M. ( Eells and Sampson Tondeur 1 1 J, )
Ill. For related results, see Kamber and
Finally, we note the basic theorem of Ruh and Vilms
I ll: let M be a
submanifold oj En. Then the generalized Gauss map g qf M lnto the
Grassmann! an ts a harmonie map if and only if M has parallel mean eurvature. In part!cular, g ts harmonie if M ts mtntmal. For further basic facts and references on harmonie maps. see Eells and Sampson
I l l and Eells and Lemaire 1 li.
Among the Important recent applications of harmonie maps that have been made, we mention:
A. Hildebrandt, Jost, and Widman [ 1] proved a Liouv!Ue-type the orem for harmonie maps, and by applytng lt to the Gauss map via Ruh and Vilms, they obtalned the Bernstein-type theorem for arbltracy dimension and codimension cited in
III
above.
B. Sacks and Uhlenbeck ( 1 ,2) have proved existence theorems for harmonie maps together wlth arguments concerning conformai struc ture to get a conformai harmonie map w hich ls thereby a minimal surface. C. Harmonie maps have recently been studied by physictsts {see
166
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Misner [ 1 ] for a discussion of their relevance as models for physical theories}. In particular, a number of physicists have studied the ques tion of characterizing ali harmonie maps of the standard 2-sphere 52 into complex projective space cpn (Din and Zakrzewski [ 1 , 2 1. Glaser and Stora [ 1 ]). By vlrtue of the result mentioned above. that ali such maps are conformai, the question is equivalent to that of finding ali minimal 2-spheres in CPn. Inspired in part by the work of the phys iclsts, Eells and Wood [ l i gave a complete classification of harmonie maps of a class of compact Riemann surfaces, including the sphere, into CPn. A dif ferent approach to the same problem was given by Chem and Wolfson [ 1].
REFERENCES
L . V. Ahlfo rs and L . Sa rio 1.
Riemann Surfaces,
Princeton University Press, P rinceton,
New Jersey, 1960 F . J . Alm gren, Jr. 1 . The theory of varifolds ; a variational calculus in the large for the k-dimensional area integrand (preprlnt). 2 . Sorne interior regularity theorems for minimal surfaces and an extension of Bernstein's theorem,
Ann. of Math. ,
84
(1966), 277-292. 3.
Plateau's Problem,
W. A. Benjamin, lnc., New York, 1966.
E . F. Becke nbach 1. Min im al su rfaces in euclidean n-space,
Amer. ]. Math.,
55
( 1 933) , 458-468.
E. F. Becke nbach and G. A. Hutchison, 1 . Meromorphic minimal surfaces,
Pacifie ]. Math., 28 (1969),
p p . 1 7-47. S. Bernstein 1. Sur les surfaces définies au moyen de leur courbure moyenne ou totale,
Ann. Sei. l'Ecole Norm. Sup.,
27 ( 1910), 233-256.
2 . Sur les équations du calcul des variations,
Norm. Sup. (3) 29 (1912), 43 1-485.
Ann. Sei. Ecole
3. Sur un théorème de géomét rie et ses applications aux équa tions aux dérivées part ie lles du type elliptique,
Comm. de
la Soc. Math. de Kharkov (2ém e sér.) 15 (1915-1917),
38-45.
(Also German transl ation : Uber ein geometrisches Theorem u nd seine Anwendung auf die partie llen Different ialglei167
168
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
chungen vom elliptischen Typus, Math. z. , 26 ( 1927), 5 5 1 558.) L . Bers 1 . I solated s i ngularities of minimal surfaces, Ann. of Math.,
(2) 53 ( 1 951), 364-386. 2.
Abe lian minimal surfaces , ]. Analyse Math., 1 ( 1 95 1), 4358.
3.
N on-linear e l l iptic equations without non-linear entire so lutions, ]. Rational Mech. Anal., 3 ( 1954), 767-787 .
L. Bianchi 1.
L ezioni di g eometria differenzia le 11, Pisa 1903. ( A ls o German translatiott Vorl esungen über Diff�ren tial g eometrie, 2nd ed., Teubner Verlag, Leipzig, 1910.)
E . Bombieri 1 . L ecture at Séminaire Bourbaki, February 1969.
E . Bombieri , E. de Giorgi , and M. Mi randa 1.
Una maggtorazione a priori relattva alle ipersurfici mlnimalt non parametriche. Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. ,
32 { 1 969), 255-267.
E . B ombie ri , E. de Giorgi, and E. Giusti 1.
Minimal cones and the Bernstein problem, Invent. Math.,
7
( 1 969), 243-268. E . C alabi 1 . Quelques applications de l ' analyse complexe aux surfaces d 'aire minima (together with Topics in Complex Manifolds " by H. Ro ssi) Les Presses de l'Univ. de Montréal, 1968. 2.
Minimal imme rsions of surfaces in euclidean spheres, J. Di ff. Geom. 1 ( 1967) , 1 1 1 -125.
Y. -W. Chen
1.
Branch points, potes and planar points of minimal surfaces in
R3, Ann. of Math. ,
49 ( 1948), 790-806.
REFERENCES
169
S .-S. Chern
1. M in imal surfaces in an euclidean space of tv dimensions, pp. 1 87- 198 of Differentiai and Combinatorial Topology,
A Symposium in Honor of Marston Morse, Princeton Univer s ity Press , Princeton, N.J .
,
1965 .
2 . On the curvatures of a piece of hypersurface in euclidean space, Abh. Math. Seminar, Uni v. Hamburg, 29 (1965), 77-
91. S.-S. Chern, M. d o Carmo, and S . Kobayashi 1. Minimal submanifolds of a sphere wtth second fundamental form of constant length, pp. 59-75 of Functtonal Analysts and
Related Fields (Proc. Conf. for Marshall Stone ). Sprtnger. New York, 1970.
S.-S. Chern, and R. Osserman
1 . C om plete minimal surfaces i n euclidean n-space, ]. d'Ana lyse Math., 19 (1967), 15-34 . R. C ourant
1 . P lateau's problem and Dirichlet's Principle, Ann. of Math. , 38 ( 1937), 679-725. 2. D irichlet' s prin ciple, conformai mapping, and minimal sur faces, Interscience, New York, 1950. R. C ourant and D. Hilbert
1 . M ethods of Mathem a ti cal Physics, Vol . II, Interscience, N ew York, 1962. G. D arboux
1. L econs sur la théorie g én érale des surfaces, Première par ti e , Gauthier-Vi llars, Paris (nouveau tirage) 194 1 . E . d e Giorgi
1. U na extensione del teorema di Bernstein, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 19 (1965), 79 -85.
170
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
E . de Giorgi and G. Stampacchia 1 . Sulle singolarità eliminabili delle i persuperficie minimali,
A tti Accad. N az. Lincei, Rend. Cl. Sei. Fis. Mat. Natur. (ser 8) 38 (1965), 352-357.
J . Douglas 1 . Solution of th e problem of Plateau, 33
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.,
( 1931), 263-321.
2 . M in imal surfaces of hi gher topological structure,
Math.,
( 2)
40
Ann. of
( 1939), 205-298.
H . Federer and W. H. Fleming
Ann. of Math.,
1 . Normal and integral currents,
72 ( 1960),
458-52 0. R . F inn 1 . Isolated sin gularities of solutions of non-linear partial dif ferentiai equations ,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. , 75 (1953),
383-404. 2 . On equ ations of minimal surface type,
Ann. of Math. (2) 60
( 1954), 397-416. 3. On a problem of type, with applic ation to elliptic partial d ifferentiai equations, ].
Rational Mech. Anal.,
3
( 1954),
789-799. 4 . New estimates for equations of mini mal surface type,
Rational Mech. Anal.
14
Arch.
(1963), 337-375 .
S. R emarks relevant to minimal surfaces and to su rfaces of
prescribed mean curvature, ].
d'Anal. Math.,
14
(1965), 139-
160. 6. O n a class of confdrmal metrics, with application to differ enti ai geometry in the large, (1965), 1-30.
Comment. Math. Helv.,
40
REFERENCES
171
R. F inn and R . Osserman 1. On the Gauss curvature of non·parametric minimal surfaces, ]. Analyse Math., 12 (1964), 351-364.
W. H. Fleming 1. An e xample in the problem of least area, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 7 {1956), 1063-1074.
2. On the oriented Pl ateau problem, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) 1 1 (1962), 69-90. T. Frankel 1. On the fundamental group of a compact minimal submanifold, Ann. of Math., 83 ( 1966), 68-73.
P. R. Garabedian 1. Partial Differentiai Equations, Wiley, New York, 1964. A . Gray 1. Minimal varieties and almost Hermitian submanifolds, Mich igan Math. ]., 12 (1965), 273-287.
E . H einz 1. U ber die Losungen der Mini malfllichengleichung, Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Got tingen Math., Phys. Kl. Il ( 1952), 51-56.
2. U ber die Existenz einer Flache konstanter mittlere Krümmung bei vorgegebener Berandung, Math. Ann., 127 (1954), 258· 287. S. Hild ebrandt 1. Ü ber das Randverhalten von Minima lfH\chen, Math. Annalen, 1 65 ( 1966), 1-18.
2. U ber Minimalflâchen mit freiem R and, Math. Z eitschrift, 95 (1967), 1 -19.
172
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
E . Hopf
1 . On an inequality for minimal surfaces z z(x, y), J. Ra· tional Mech. Anal., 2 (1953), 519-522; 801-802. H. Hopf and W. Rinow 1 . Uber den Begriff der vollstl:indigen differentialgeometrischen F lAche, Comment. Math. Helv., 3 ( 193 1), 209-225. Wu-Yi Hsiang 1 . On the compact homogeneous minimal submanifolds, Proc. N at'l. Acad. Sei. , 56 (1966), 5-6. 2 . Remarks on closed minimal submanifolds in the standard Riemannian m-sphere, J. Diff. Geom. 1 (1967), 257-267 . =
A . Huber
•
1 . On subharmonic functions and differentiai geometry in the l arge, Comment. Math. H elv. , 32 (1957), 13-72 . Jenkins 1 . On two-dimensional variational problems in parametric form, Arch. Rational M ech. Anal., 8 (1961), 18 1-206. 2 . On quasi-linear elliptic equations which arise from varia tional problems , J. Math. Mech., 10 (1961), 705-728.
3 . Super solutions for quasi-linear elliptic equations, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal., 16 (1964), 402-410 . J enkins and J. Serrin 1 . Variational problems of minimal surface type 1, Arch. Ra tional Mech. Anal. , 12 (1963), 185-212. 2 . Variational problems of minimal surface type II: boundary v alue problems for the minimal surface equation, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal., 21 (1965/66), 321-342 3. The Dirichlet problem for the minimal surtace equation in h igher dimensions, ]. Reine Angew, Math., 229 (1968), 170-187.
173
REFERENCES
L . Jonker 1. A theorem on minimal surfaces, J. DUJerential Geometry, 3 ( 1 969). 351 -360.
K . J ôrgens 1 . Ü ber die Losungen der Differentialgleichung rt -
T.
T.
s
2
1,
Math. Ann. , 127 (1954), 130-134 . Klotz and R . Osserman 1 . On complete surfaces in E3 with constant mean curvature, Comment. Math. H elv., 41 (1966-67), 313-318·. K lotz a nd L. Sario 1 . Existence of complete minimal surfaces of arbitrary connec tivity and genus, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sei., 54 (1965), 42-44 .
H . B . Lawson, Jr. 1 . Loc al r tgid l ty theorems for minimal hypersurfaces. Annals qf
Math., 89 { 1 9691 . 187- 197. 2 . Stanford Thesis, 1968. 3. Compact minimal surfaces in S3, pp. 275-282
sis, Proc. Symp. Pure Math
.•
VoL XV, Amer.
o f Global Analy
Math. Soc . ,
Providence, R. l. . 1970. 4. Sorne intrinsic characterizations of minimal surfaces, J. d'Ana-·
lyse Math., 24 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 1 5 1- 1 6 1 .
P . Lévy 1 . Le problème de Plate au , Math ematica, 23 ( 1948), 1-45. H. Lewy 1. A priori limitations for solutions of Mon ge·Amp�re equa tions, II, Trans. Amer. Soc. , 41 ( 1937), 365·374. 2. A spects of the Calculus of Variations, (Notes by J. W. Green after lectures by Hans Lewy) Univ. of California Press, B erkeley 1939 .
174
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
U . Lumiste 1 . O n the theoiy of two-dimensional minimal surfaces: I, II,
III, IV, Tartu Rikl. Ul. Toimetised, 102 ( 196 1), 3-15, 16-28; 129 ( 1962), 74-89, 90- 102 . G . R . M acLane 1 . On asymptotic values, Abstract 603-166, Notices Amer. Math. So c. , 10 ( 1 963), 482-483.
M. Miranda 1 . Un teorema di esistenza e unicità per il problema del ' area
minima in n variabi li, Ann. Scuola Normale Sup. Pisa (Ser 3) 19 ( 1 965), 233-250. C . B. M orrey 1 . The problem of Plateau on a Riemannian manifold, Ann. of M ath. (2) 49 ( 1948), 807-851 . 2 . The higher-dimensional Plateau problem on a Riemannian
m anifold, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sei. U. S. A., 54 (1965), 1 029- 1035. 3. Multiple Integrais in the Calculus of Variations, N ew
IJ ·
Y ork , Springer-Verlag, 1966. Moser 1 . On H arnack's Theorem for ell iptic differentiai equations, C omm. Pure Appl. Math., 14 ( 1 961), 577-59 1.
,C. H . MUntz 1 . D ie Losung des Pl ateauschen Problems über konvexen
Bereichen, Math. Ann., 94 (1925), 53-96. J . C . C. Nitsche 1 . Uber eine mit der MinimalfH!.chenglei chung zusammenhün
gende analytische Funktion und den Bernsteinschen Satz . , A rch. Math., 7 ( 1956), 4 17-419.
REFERENCES
175
2 . Element ary proof of Bernstein's theorem on minimal sur
faces, Ann. cf Math., (2) 66 (19S7), 543-S44. 3. A characterization of the catenoid, ]. Math. Mech. , 1 1 ( 1962), 2 93-302. 4. On new results in the theory of minimal surfaces, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. , 71 (1965), 19S-270. S . U ber ein verallgemeinertes D iri chletsches Problèm für die
M inimalfUichengleichung und hebbare Unstetigkeiten ihrer Losungen, Math. Ann., 158 ( 1 965), 203-214 . 6 . O n the non-solvab ility of Dirichlet ' s problem for the mini
m al surface equation, ]. Math. Mech., 14 (1965), 779-788. 7. C ontours bounding at least three solutions of Plateau's
problem, Arch. Rat']. Mech. Anal., 30 (1%8), 1-1 1 . 8 . N ote o n the nonexistence of minimal surfaces, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 19 (1968), 1303- 1305.
J ohannes Nitsche and J oachim Nitsche 1 . Uber regulilre Variationsprobleme, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palerrno (2) 8 ( 19S9), 346-353.
R. Osserman 1 . Proof of a conj ecture of Nirenberg, Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 12 ( 1 9S9), 229-232 . 2. On the Gauss curvature of minimal surfaces, Trans. Amer, Math . Soc ., 96 (1%0), l lS-1 28. 3. M inimal surfaces in the large, Comment. Math. H elv., 35 ( 1961), 65-76. 4. On complete minimal surfaces , Arch. Raiional Mech. Anal. , 1 3 ( 1 %3), 392-404. S . Global properties of mi nimal surfaces in E 3 and En, Ann. of M ath . , (2) 80 ( 1 964), 340-364.
176
A SURVEY O F MINIMAL SURFACES
6 . Global properties of classical minimal surfaces, Duke Math.
J , 32 (1965), 565-573. 7 . Le théorème de Bernstein pour des systèmes, C. R. Acad. S ei. Paris, 262 (1966), sér A , 571-574. 8. M inimal surfaces (in Russian), Uspekhi Mat. NAUK, 22 ( 1967), 56-136. .
9. Minimal varieties, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. , 75 ( 1 969), 1092- 1 1 20. 10. Sorne propertles of solutions
to the m inimal surface system for
arbitrary codimension, pp. 283-291 of Global Analysis, Proc. Symp. Pure Math . ,
Vol.
XV, Amer. Math. Soc . , Providence, R.l. ,
1970.
T. Otsuki 1. Minimal hypersurfaces in a Riemannian manifold of constant curvature, Amer. J. Math. , 92 ( 1 970), 1 45-173.
M . Pinl 1. B -Kugelbilder reeler Minimalflachen in R4, Math.
z.,
59
( 1953), 290-295. 2 . M inimalfHichen fester Gausscher Krümmung, Math. Ann., 136 (1958), 34-40. 3 . Uber einen Satz von G. Ricci-Curbastro und die Gaussche K rum mun g der Minimalflachen,
Il,
Arch. Math., 15 (1964),
232-240. T . Rad6 1 . Ü ber den analytischen Character der Minimalflachen, Math. z.,
24 (1925), 321-327.
2 . The problem of the least area and the problem of Plateau,
Math. Z. , 32 (1930), 763-796. 3 . O n the problem of Plateau, Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1933.
177
REFERENCES
E. R. Reifenberg 1 . Solution of the Plateau problem for m-dimensional surfaces of varying topological type, Acta. Math., 104 (1960), 1-92. 2 . An epiperimetric inequality related to the analytici ty of m inimal surfaces, Ann. of Math., 80 (1964), 1-14 . 3.
On the analyticity of minimal surfaces, Ann. of Math., 80
(1964), 15-21 . R . C . Reilly 1 . Extrinsic rigidlty theorems for compact submanlfolds of the sphere. J. Düf.
Geom. ,
4 ( 1 970), 487-497.
L. S ario and K. N oshiro 1 . Value Distribution Theory, Appendix
11:
Mapping of arbitra
ry minimal surfaces, Van Nostrand, 1966.
A. H. Schoen 1 . Infinite regular warped polyhedra and infinite periodic mini m al surfaces, Abstract 658-30, Notices Amer. Math. Soc. , 15 (1968), p. 727.
J . Serrin
1. A priori estimates for solutions of the minimal surface equa tion, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal., 14 ( 1963), 376-383. 2. Removable singularities of elliptic equations, II, Arch Ra tional Mech. Anal. , 20 ( 1965), 163-169.
3. The Dirichlet problem for quasilinear equations with many independent variables, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sei. , 58 (1967), 1824-1835 . J . S im ons
1 . M in imal varieties in Riemannian manifolds, Ann. of Math., 88 (1968), 62-105.
178
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
D . J . S truik
1.
Mehrdimensionalen D ifferen tialgeometrie, Berlin, Spri nger V �rlag, 1922.
T . Takahashi
1 . M ini mal immersions of Riemannian manifolds, J. Math. Soc., f apan, 18 (1966), 380-385. M. Takeuchi and S. Kobayashi 1.
Minimal embeddings of R-spaces, J. D ifferentiai Geometry, 2 ( 1968), 203-215.
K . Voss
1 . Uber vollsU!ndige Minima lflachen, L'Enseignement Math., JO ( 1964), 3 16-31 7 . H . Werner 1 . D as Problem von Dougl as für Fllichen konstanter mittlerer K li.lmmung, Math. Ann., 133 (1957), 303-319.
H. Weyl 1 . M eromorphic functions and analytic curves, Annals of Math. S tudies, No. 12, Princeton Un iversity Press, Princeton,
N. J . , 1943.
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
Books and S urvey Articles MSG Minimal Submanifolds and Geodesies, Proceedlngs of the Japan
United States Semlnar on Minimal Submanifolds, includtng Geo desies, Tokyo, 1977, Kagal Publications, Tokyo, 1978. SMS Seminar on Minimal S ubmanifolds, edited by Enrico Bomb ieri, Ann. of Math. Studies, 103, Princeton, 1983. W. K. Allard and F. J. Almgren, Jr. eds. l.
Geometrie Meas ure Theory and the Calculus of Variations,
Proceedings of Symposia in Pure Mathematlcs, Vol. 44, Amer. Math. Soc. , Providence. 1986. F. J. Almgren, Jr. 1.
Minimal surface forms, Math. lntelligeneer, 4 ( 1 982), 1 64- 1 72 .
F . J . Almgren, J r . , and J. E. Taylor 1.
The geometry of soap films and soap bubbles, Seientifie Amer lean, July 1976, pp. 82-93.
J. L. M. Barbosa and A. G. Colares 1.
Examples of Minimal Surfaces in IR3 (to appear).
R. Bôhme I.
New results on the classical problem of Plateau on the existence of many solutions, Séminaire Bourbak i, 34e année, no. 579 ( 1 98 1 /2), 1-20.
E. Bombieri I. Recent progress in the theory of minimal surfaces, L 'E nseigne ment Math., 25 ( 1 979), 1-8.
1 79
180
A SURVEY OF
MINIMAL SURFACES
II. An Introduction to Minimal Currents and Parametric Vartational Problems. Mathematlcal Reports, Vol.
2, Part 3, Harwood,
London, 1 985. E. de Giorgi, F. Colombin!, and L. C. Plcclnlni
1. Fronttere ortentate dt m tsura mtntma e questtont collegate,
Scuola Normale Superlore, Pisa, 1 972. M. P. do
Carmo
1. Stablllty of minimal submanifolds, pp. 1 29- 1 39 of Global Differ
entiai Gometry and Global Analysts, Lecture Notes ln Mathe mati cs, Vol.
838, Sprlnger-Verlag, Berlin, 1 98 1 .
H . Federer 1. Geometrtc Measure Theory, Sprlnger-Verlag, Berlln. 1 969. A. T. Fomenko 1.
Topologtcal Vartattonal Problems (in Russtan ), Moscow Univer sity, 1 984.
E. Glustl
1. Mtntmal Surfaces and Functlons of Bounded Vartatlon,
Btrkhauser, Boston, 1 984. R. Harvey and H. B. Lawson, Jr. 1. Geometries associated to the group SU,. and varletles of minimal
submanlfolds arising from the Cayley arlthmetlc, pp. 43-59 of
MSG. S. Hildebrandt and A. Tromba 1 . Mathemattcs and Optlmal Form, ScienUfic Amertcan Books,
New York, 1 985. H. B. Lawson, Jr. 1. Lectures on Minimal Surfaces, IMPA. Rio de Janeiro, 1 970; 2 d
ed. : Publish o r Perlsh Press, Berkeley, 1 980.
181
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
IL
Minimal Varieties in Real and Complex Geometry, Univ. of Montreal Press, Montreal, 1 973.
IlL
Surfaces minimales et la construction de Calabi-Penrose.
Séminaire Bourbaki, 36e année, no. 624 ( 1 983/84), 1 - 1 5. U. Massari and M. Miranda 1.
Minimal Surfaces of Codimension One, North Holland Mathe matical Studies.
91 , North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1 984.
W. H. Meeks III 1.
Lectures on Plateau's Problem, Escola de Geometria Diferencial, Universidade Federal do Ceara ( Brazil) , De 17 a 28 de Julho de 1 978.
II. A survey of the geometrie results in the classical theory of minimal surfaces,
Bol. Soc. Bras. Mat., 1 2 ( 1 981 ), 29-86.
J. C. C. Nitsche 1. Plateau's Problems and Their Modem Ramifications.
Amer.
Math. Monthly, 81 ( 1 974), 945-968. II.
Vorlesungen über MinlmaifU.:ichen, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1 975 .
IlL Uniqueness and non-uniqueness for Plateau's problem-one of
the Iast major questions, pp. 1 43- 1 6 1 of MSG. IV.
Minimal Surfaces and Partial D![ferenttal Equations, MAA Studies in Mathematics,
Vol. 23, Mathematical Association of
America, Washington, D.C. , 1 982, pp. 69- 1 42 . R . Osserman I. Branched immersions of surfaces,
INDAM Symposta Math
. .
10
( 1 972), 1 4 1 - 1 58. II. Properties of solutions to the minimal' surface equation l n higher codimension, pp. 1 63- 1 72 of MSG.
�82 1
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
III. The isoperlmetric inequality.
Bull. Amer. Math. Soc., 84 ( 1 9 78) ,
1 1 82-1 238.
IV. Minimal surfaces, Gauss maps, total curvature, eigenvalue esti
mates. and stability. pp. 1 99-227 of The
Chem Symposium
1979, Springer-Verlag. New York, 1980. V. The minimal surface equation, pp. 237-259 of Semtnar
on Non·
linear Partial Differentiai Equations, Mathematical Sciences Re· search lnstitute Publications,
Vol. 2, Springer-Verlag. New York,
1 984. 1. Peterson 1. Three bites in a doughnut; computer-generated plctures contrib
ute to the discovery of a new minimal surface .
Science News,
1 27, No. 1 1 ( 1 985) . 1 6 1 - 1 76 . T. Pitts 1.
Existence and Regulartty of Minimal S urfaces on Riemannian manifolds, Princeton Univ. Press. Princeton, 1 98 1 .
Simon 1 . Survey Lectures on Minimal Submanifolds, pp. 3-52 of SMS. II.
Lectures on Geometrie Measure Theory , Centre for Mathematical Analysis, Australian National University, 1 984.
b. Toth 1.
Harmonie and Minimal Maps: With Appl ications in Geometry and Physics, Ellis Horwood, Chichester, England, 1 984.
Research Papers F. J. Almgren, Jr. 4. Optimal isoperimetric inequalitles, ( 1 985), 1 23- 1 26.
Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. . 1 3
183
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
F. J. Almgren. Jr. , and L. Simon 1 . Existence of embedded solutions of Plateau's problem,
Ann.
Scuola Norm. S up. Pisa, 6 ( 1 979), 447-495. F. J. Almgren, Jr. , and W. P. Thurston 1 . Examples of unknotted curves which bound only surfaces of high genus withln their convex hulls,
Ann. of Math
..
(2) 1 05 ( 1 977),
527-538. H . W. Alt 1 . Verzweigungspunkte von H-Flachen, 1 . : 333-362; Il:
Math. Z., 1 27 ( 1 972),
Math. Ann., 201 ( 1 973 ), 33-55.
Ju. A. Am!nov 1 . On the instability of a minimal surface in an n-dtmensional Riemannian space of constant curvature,
Math. USSR-Sbornik,
29 ( 1 976), 359-375. M. T. Anderson 1 . Complete minimal varieties in hyperbolic space,
lnvent. Math.,
69 ( 1 982), 447-494. 2. Curvature esttmates for minimal surfaces ln 3-manlfolds,
Ann.
Sei. École Norm. S up. , 18 ( 1 985 ) , 89- 1 05. 3 . The compactification of a minimal submanifold in euclidean space by its Gauss map ( to appear). J. L. M. Barbosa 1 . An extrlns!c rlgidity theorem for minimal immersions from into
S2
S", J. Dt[ferential Geometry, 1 4 ( 1 979) , 355-368.
J. L. M. Barbosa and M. do Carmo 1 . On the stze of a stable m inimal surface in ( 1 976) , 5 1 5-528.
R3, Amer. J. Math 98 .•
84
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
2. Stability of minimal surfaces and eigenvalues of the Laplacian,
Math. Z. , 1 73 ( 1 980), 1 3 -28. 3. Stability of minimal surfaces in spaces of constant curvature.
Bol. Soc. Brastl. Mat
..
1 1 ( 1 980), 1 - 1 0.
4. A necessary condition for a metric in mersed in [Rn+ t,
Mn to be minimally im
An. Acad. Brasil. Ci., 50 ( 1 978), 45 1 -454.
5. Stabillty of hypersurfaces with constant mean curvature, z ..
Math.
1 85 ( 1 984), 339-353.
M. Beeson 1 . On interior branch points of minimal surfaces,
Math. Z. , 1 71
( 1 980), 1 33-1 54. 2. Sorne results on finiteness ln Plateau's problem , Part 1 :
Math Z. ,
1 75 ( 1 980), 1 03 - 1 23; Part II: Math. Z 181 ( 1 982), 1 -30. ..
R. Bôhme and F. Toml 1 . Zur Struktur der Lôsungsmenge des Plateauprob lems,
Math. z.
.
1 33 ( 1 973), 1 -29. R. Bôhme and A. J. Tromba 1 . The index theorem for classical minimal surfaces,
Ann. of Math.,
1 13 ( 1 98 1 ), 447-499. E. Bombieri and L. Simon
L On the Gehring link problem. in SMS, pp. 27 1 -274.
R. Bryant 1 . Conformai and minimal Immersions of compact surfaces lnto the 4-sphere,
J. DUferenttal Geom
..
1 7 ( 1982), 455-473.
2. A duality theorem for Willmore surfaces,
J. DUferential Geom.
.
20 ( 1 984) . 23-53. G. D . Chakerlan 1 . The isoperlmetrlc theorem for curves on minimal surfaces,
Amer. Math. Soc. , 69 ( 1978), 3 1 2-3 13.
Proc.
185
ADDlTIONAL REFERENCES
1. Chavel
1 . On A HuJWitz' method in isoperimetric inequali ties,
Math. Soc
..
Proc. Amer.
71 ( 1 978), 275-279.
C. C. Chen 1. Complete minimal surfaces with total curvature - 211',
Bol. Soc.
Brasil. Mat. 1 0 ( 1 979), 7 1 -76. .
2. A characterization of the catenoid, An.
Acad. Brasll. Ci 51 ..
( 1 979 ) , 1 -3 . 3. Elllptic functions and non-existence of complete minimal sur faces of certain type,
Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 79 ( 1 980), 289-293.
4. On the image of the generalized Gauss Map of a complete minimal surface in IR4,
Paçftc J. Math
..
1 02 ( 1 982), 9- 1 4.
C. C. Chen and F. Gackstatter 1. Elllptische und hyperellipttsche Funktionen und vollstandige Minimalflâchen vom Enneperschen Typ,
Math. Ann. , 259 ( 1 982),
359-369. S. -Y. Cheng, P. LI, and S.-T. Yau 1 . Heat equations on minimal submanifolds and their applications,
Amer. J. Math., 1 06 ( 1 984), 1 033- 1 065. S. -S. Chern and S. 1. Goldberg 1.
On the volume decreasing property of a class of real harmonie mappings, Amer.
J. Math 97 ( 1 975), 1 33 - 147. ..
S. S. Chern and R. Osserman 2. Remarks on the Riemannian metric of a minimal submanifold, pp. 49-90 of ln Math.,
Geometry Symposi um, Utrecht 1 980, Lecture Notes
Vol. 894, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1 98 1 .
S. S . Chern and J. G . Wolfson 1. Minimal surfaces by movlng frames, 59-83.
.(\mer. J. Math. 1 05 ( 1 983 ) , .
186
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
H. I. Choi, W. H. Meeks, and B. White
1 . A rlgidity theorem for properly embedded minimal surfaces in IR3 (to appear). H. I. Choi and R. Schoen
1 . The space of minimàl embeddings of a surface into a three dimensional manifold of positive Ricci curvature (to appear) . C. J. Costa
1 . Example of a complete minimal immersion in IR3 of genus one and three embedded ends (to appear).
A. M. da Silveira 1 . Stability of complete noncompact surfaces with constant mean curvature ( to appear).
A. M. Din and W. J. Zakrzewski 1 . General classical solutions ln the
CPn - 1 madel, Nuclear Phys. . B.
1 74 ( 1 980), 397-406. 2. Properties of the general classical
CP" - 1 model. Phys. Lett. , 95B
( 1 980), 4 1 9-422. M. do Carmo and C. K. Peng
1 . Stable complete minimal surfaces in IR3 are planes,
Bull. Amer.
Math. Soc., 1 ( 1 979 ), 903-906. J. Eells
1 . Minimal graphs,
Manuscrtpta Math. , 28 ( 1 979), 1 0 1 - 1 08 .
J . Eells and L . Lemaire
1 . A report on harmonie maps,
Bull. London Math. Soc., 1 0 ( 1 978),
1 -68. 2 . On the construction of harmonie and holomorphie maps between surfaces,
Math. Ann
. .
252 ( 1 980), 27-52.
J. Eells and J. H. Sampson
1 . Harmonie mappings of Riemannian manifolds, Amer.
86 ( 1 964), 1 09- 1 60.
J. Math. ,
187
A.DDITlONAL REFERENCES
J. Eells and J. C . Wood 1.
Harmonie maps from surfaces to complex projective spaces,
Advances tn Math. , 49 ( 1 983 ), 2 1 7-263. H. Federer 1 . Sorne theorems o n integral currents,
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. ,
1 1 7 ( 1 965), 43-67. J. Feinberg 1 . The isoperimetric inequality for doubly-connected minimal sur faces in !Rn,
J. Analyse Math., 32 ( 1 977), 249-278.
D. Fischer-Colbrie 1 . Sorne rigidity theorems for minimal submanifolds of the sphere,
Acta Math., 1 45 ( 1 980). 29-46. 2. On complete minimal surfaces with finite Morse index in three manifolds,
lnventtones Math. (to appear).
D . Fischer-Colbrie and R. Schoen 1 . The structure of complete stable minimal surfaces in 3-manifolds of non-negative scalar curvature,
Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 33
( 1 980), 1 99-2 1 1 . T. Frankel 2. Applications of Duschek's formula to cosmology and minimal surfaces,
Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. , 81 ( 1 9 75), 579-582.
T. Frankel and G . J. Galloway 1 . Stable minimal surfaces and spatial topology ln general relativlty,
Math. z. 181 ( 1 982 ), 395-406. .
M. Freedman, J. Hass, and P. Scott 1 . Least area incompressible surfaces ln 3-manlfolds,
lnvent.
Math. 71 ( 1 983). 609-642. .
H. Fujlmoto 1. On the Gauss map of a complete minimal surface ln IRm,
Soc. Japan, 35 ( 1 983), 279-288.
J. Math.
188
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES 2. Value distribution of the Gauss maps of complete minimal sur
faces ln IR"'. J. Math. Soc. Japan, 35 ( 1 983), 663-68 1 . F. Gackstatter 1.
Über abelsche Mlnimalflâchen , Math. Nachr.
.
74 ( 1 976),
1 5 7- 1 65. 2.
Über die Dimension elner Minimalflache und zur Unglelchung von St. Cohn-Vossen, Arch. Rattonal Mech. Anal., 61 ( 1 976), 1 4 1 - 1 52 .
F . Gackstatter and R. Kunert 1.
Konstrukt!on vollstândlger Mlnimalflâchen von endlicher Gesamtkrümmung, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal, 65 ( 1 977), 289-297.
M. Gage 1 . A proof of Gehring's linked spheres conjecture, Duke Math. J.
.
47 ( 1980), 6 15-620.
V. Glaser and R. Stora 1 . Regular solutions of the (;pn models and further generalizatlons
(CERN preprlnt), c. C. <.zoes and P. A. 1.
1980.
Q. Simoes
Sorne remarks on minimal immersions in the hyperbolic spaces ( to appear } .
M. Gromov 1.
FilUng Riemannian manifolds, J. Differentiai Geom. , 1 8 ( 1 983), 1 - 1 4 7.
M. Gromov and H. B. Lawson, Jr. 1.
Positive scalar curvature and the Dirac operator on complete Riemannian manifolds, 83- 1 96.
I.H.E.S.
Publ. Math. , No. 58 ( 1 983),
189
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
R. D. Gulliver 1 . Regulartty of mlnlm!zlng surfaces of prescrlbed mean curvature, Ann. of Math . , 97 ( 1973), 275-305.
2.
Branched Immersions of surfaces and reduction of topologlcal type. 1: Math. Z
. •
1 45 ( 1975 ), 267-288; Il: Math. Ann. 230 .
( 1 977). 25-48. 3.
Index and total curvature of complete minimal surfaces (to ap pear).
R. D. Gulliver and H. B. Lawson. Jr. 1.
The structure of stable minimal hypersurfaces near a singularity (to appear).
R. D. Gulliver, R. Osserman, and H. L. Royden 1 . A theory of branched immersions of surfaces, Amer. J. Math
. •
95
( 1 973 ) , 750-8 1 2.
R. D. Gulliver and J. Spruck 1.
On embedded minimal surfaces. Ann. of Math. , 1 03 ( 1 976). 33 1 -347, wlth a correctton in Ann. of Math. . 1 09 ( 1979), 407-4 1 2 .
A . Haefllnger 1.
Sorne remarks on foliations with minimal leaves, J. DU{erentlal Geom
..
15 ( 1 9801. 269-284.
P. Hall 1. Two topologlcal examples in minimal surface theory. J. D!fferen ttal Geom., 1 9 ( 1 984}. 4 75-48 1 .
R . Hardt and L . Simon 1.
Boundary regularity and embedded solutions for the ortented Plateau problem, Ann. of Math . , 1 1 0 ( 1 979), 439-486.
R. Harvey and H. B. Lawson. Jr. 1 . Extendlng minimal varleties, Invent. Math. , 28 ( 1 9751. 209-226.
190
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
2. A constellation of minimal varieties defined over the group G2, pp. 1 6 7- 1 87 of Partial D![ferential Equations and Geometry, Proceedings of Park City Conference, edited by C. I. Byrnes, M. Dekker, New York. 1979. 3 . Calibrated geometries, Acta Math. , 148 ( 1 982), 47- 1 5 7.
4. Calibrated foliations, Amer. J. Math. , 1 03 ( 1 98 1 ), 4 1 1 -435. J. Hass 1 . The geometry of the slice-ribbon problem, Math. Proc. Cam bridge Phil. Soc. , 94 ( 1 983 ), 1 0 1 - 1 08.
2. Complete area minimizing minimal surfaces which are not totally geodesie, Pacifie J. Math., 1 1 ( 1 984), 35-38.
3 . Group actions on 3-manifolds with non-Haken quotients and intersections of surfaces minimizing area in their homology class (to appear). S. Hildebrandt 3. Boundary behavior of minimal surfaces, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal . , 35 ( 1 969), 47-82.
S. Hildebrandt, J. Jost, and K. O. Widman L Harmonie mappings and minimal submanifolds , lnvent. Math., 62 ( 1 980), 269-298.
S. Hildebrandt and J. C. C. N itsche L A uniqueness theorem for surfaces of least area with partially free boundaries on obstacles, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal., 79 ( 1 982), 1 89-2 1 8 .
D . Hoffman and W. H . Meeks Ill 1 . A complete embedded minimal surface in IR3 with genus one and 2.
three ends. J. D![ferential Geom . . 21 ( 1 985), 1 09- 1 27.
( l n preparation . )
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
191
D. Hoffman and R. Osserman 1 . The geometry of the generalized Gauss map, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc., No. 236, 1 980. 2. The area of the generalized Gausslan image and the stabllity of minimal surfaces in Sn and lfl:n, Math. Ann., 260 ( 1 982), 437-452.
3. The Gauss map of surfaces in lfl:n, J. D!fferenttal Geom., 1 8 ( 1 983), 733-754.
4. The Gauss map of surfaces in lfl:3 and IR4, Proc. London Math. Soc. , ( 3 ) 50 ( 1 985). 27-56.
D. Hoffman, R. Osserman, and R. Schoen 1.
On the Gauss map of complete surfaces of constant mean cur vature in \fl:3 and lfl:4, Comment. Math. Helv. , 57 ( 1 982), 5 1 9-
53 1 .
Wu-YI Hsiang 3.
Generalized rotational hypersurfaces of constant mean curvature in the euclidean spaces 1 . , J. D!fferenttal Geom., 1 7 1 1 982).
337-356.
4. New examples of minimal imbedding of Sn - I into S"O l-the
spherical Bernstei n problem for n = 4,5,6, Bull. Amer. Math.
Soc . . 7 ( 1 982), 377-379. Wu-Yi Hsiang and H. B. Lawson, Jr. 1 . Minimal submanifolds of low cohomogeneity, J. D!fferential Geom . . 5 ( 1 97 1 ), 1 -38. (Corrections in F. Uchida, J. D!fferential Geom. , 15 ( 1 980), 569-5 74 . )
L . P. M . Jorge and W . H . Meeks III
1 . The topology of complete minimal surfaces of finite total cur vature, Topology, 22 ( 1 983), 203-22 1 .
192
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
L, P. M. Jorge and F. Xavier 1, A complete minimal surface ln IR3 between two parallel planes,
Ann. Q[ Math. , 1 1 2 ( 1 980), 203-206. F. W. Kamber and P. Tondeur 1.
Harmonie foliations, in
Harmonie Maps, Lecture Notes in Math.
949, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1 982. A. Kasue 1 . A gap theorem for minimal submanifolds of Euclidean space (to appear). S. Kawa! 1 . A theorem of Bernstein type for minimal surfaces ln IR4•
Tôhoku
Math. J. , 36 ( 1 984 ) , 377-384. K. Kenmotsu 1 . Weierstrass formula for surfaces of prescrlbed mean curvature,
Math. Ann . 245 ( 1 979) , 89-99. .
. Koiso 1 . On the finite solvability of Plateau's problem for extreme curves,
Osaka J. Math., 20 ( 1 983). 1 77- 1 83. H . B. Lawson. Jr. 5. The global behavtor of minimal surfaces in Sn,
Ann. of Math., 92
( 1 970) , 224-237. 6. Complete minimal surfaces in S3,
Ann. of Math. • 92 ( 1 970),
335-374. 7. The equivarlant Plateau problem and fnterior regularity,
Trans.
Amer. Math. Soc .. 1 73 ( 1 972). 23 1 -249 . . B. Lawson, Jr. , and R. Osserman 1.
Non-existence. non-uniqueness and lrregulartty of solutions to the minimal surface syste m,
Acta Math. , 1 39 ( 1 977), 1 - 1 7.
ADDITIONAL RE:FERENCES
H. B. Lawson, Jr. , and J. Simons 1 . On stable currents and their applications to global problems ln real and complex geometry,
Ann. of Math. , 98 ( 19 73 ), 427-450.
P. LI, R. Schoen, and S.-T. Yau 1 . On the isoperimetrlc inequallty for minimal surfaces {to appear) .
W . H . Meeks III 1 . The conformai structure and geometry of triply periodic minimal surfaces in �3• Ph.D. thesis, Berkeley, 1 9 75. 2. The conformai structure and geometry of trlply periodic minimal surfaces in �3•
Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. , 83 ( 1 977), 1 34- 1 36 .
3 . The classification of complete minimal surfaces in �3 with total curvature greater than - 8'11" ,
Duke Math. J. , 48 ( 1 98 1 ), 523-535.
4 . Unlqueness theorems for minimal surfaces,
Illinois J. Math. , 25
( 1 98 1 ) , 3 1 8-336.
W. H. Meeks Ill. L. Simon, and S. -T. Yau 1 . Embedded minimal surfaces, exotic spheres, and manifolds with positive Ricci curvature,
Ann. of Math., 1 1 6 ( 1982 ), 62 1 -659.
W. H . Meeks III and S.-T. Yau 1 . The classical Plateau problem and the topology of three dimen sional manifolds,
Topology. 21 ( 1 982 ), 409-440.
2. Topology of three dimensional manifolds and the embedding problems in minimal surface theory,
Ann. of Math., 1 1 2 ( 1 980),
4 4 1 -485. 3. The equivariant Dehn's lemma and loop theorem,
Comment.
Ma�h. Helv. , 56 ( 1 98 1 ) , 225-239 4. The existence of embedded minimal surfaces and the problem of uniqueness,
Math. Z. , 1 79 ( 1982) , ' 1 5 1 - 1 68 .
5 . The equlvarlant loop theorem for three-dimensional manifolds
194
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES and a review of existence theorems for minimal surfaces, pp. 1 53- 1 63 of The Smith Conjecture, Academie Press, New York, 1 984.
M. J. Micallef 1 . Stable minimal surfaces in Euclldean space, J. Differentiai Geom. , 1 9 ( 1 984), 57-84.
2.
Stable minimal surfaces ln flat tori (to appear}.
T. K. Milnor 1 . Harmonically i mmersed surfaces, J. Differentiai Geom. , 1 4 ( 1 979), 205-2 1 4. C. W. Mtsner 1 . Harmonie maps as models for physîcal theories, Phys. Rev . . D 1 8 ( 19 78}, 4510-4525.
C. W. Misner, K. S. Thorne, and J. A. Wheeler 1.
G ravitation. W. H. Freeman, San Francisco, 19 73.
J. D. Moore 1.
On stability of minimal spheres and a two-dlmenslonal version of Synge's Theorem, Arch. Math. , 44 ( 1 985), 2 78-28 1 .
F. Morgan 1.
A smooth curve ln IR4 bounding a continuum of area minimizing surfaces, Duke Math. J., 43 ( 1 976}, 867-870.
2. Almost every curve in IR3 bounds a unique area minlm iztng surface, Invent. Math. , 45 ( 1 978), 253-297. 3. A smooth curve in IR3 bounding a continuum of minimal mani folds, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. , 75 ( 1 98 1 ) , 1 93 - 1 9 7 . 4 . On the singular structure o f two-dimensional area mtnimiztng surfaces in !Rn, Math. Ann . , 261 ( 1 982). 1 0 1 - 1 10. 5.
On finiteness of the number of stable minimal hypersurfaces with a fixed boundary, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. , 1 3 ( 1 985 ), 1 33- 1 36.
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
195
H. Mort 1.
Remarks on the size of a stable minimal surface in a Riemannian manifold ( to appear).
T. Nagano and B. Smyth 1.
Perlodic minimal surfaces and Weyl groups, Acta Math . , 1 45 ( 1 980), 1 -27.
N. Nakauchi 1.
Mult lply connected minimal surfaces and the geometrie annulus theorem, J. Math. Soc. Japan, 37 ( 1 985 ), 1 7-39.
J. C. C. Nitsche 9.
A new unlqueness theorem for minimal surfaces, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. , 52 { 1 973 ) , 3 1 9-329.
10.
Non-unlqueness for Plateau's problem. A bifurcation process , Ann. Acad. Sei. Fenn. Ser. A 1 Math, 2 ( 1 976 ), 36 1 -373.
M. E. G. G. de Oliveira 1.
Non-orientable minimal surfaces ln !Rln (to appear) .
R. Osserman 1 1.
A proof of the regularity everywhere of the classical solution to
Plateau's problem, Ann. of Math. , 91 ( 1 970), 550-569. 12.
On Bers' theorem on lsolated singularities, Indiana Untv. Math. J., 23 ( 1 973), 337-342.
13.
Sorne remarks on the isoperimetric inequal!ty and a problem of Gehrtng, J. Analyse Math . 30 ( 1 976), 404-4 10. .
14.
The total curvature of algebraic surfaces, pp. 249-257 of Contrtbutlons to Analysts and Geo metry , John Hopkins Univer
sity Press, Baltimore, 1 982. R. Osserman and M . Schiffer 1.
Doubly-connected minimal surface s, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. . 58 { 1 975 ), 285-307.
196
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
R. S. Palais and C. ·L. Terng 1 . Reduction of variables for minimal submanlfolds ( to appear). B. Palmer 1 . Ph.D. thesls. Stanford. 1 985. H. R. Parks 1 . Expliclt determination of area mlnimizlng hypersurfaces.
Duke
Math. J. , 44 ( 1 977), 5 1 9-534. C.-K. Peng 1 . Sorne new examples of minimal surfaces in jR3 and its applica tions (to appear) . M. Pinl and W . Zlller
1 . Minimal hypersurfaces ln spaces of constant curvature,
J. Dif
jerenttal Geom ., 1 1 ( 1 976). 335-343. G. Ricci-Curbastro 1.
Opere, Vol. 1 . Edizlone Cremonese, Rome, 1 956, p. 4 1 1 .
H. Ruchert 1 . A uniqueness result for Enneper's minimal surface,
Indtana
Untv. Math. J. , 30 ( 1 98 1 ) , 427-43 1 . E. A. Ruh 1 . Asymptotic behavior of non-parametric minimal hypersurfaces,
J. Differentiai Geom . . 4 ( 1 970), 509-5 1 3 . lE . A. Ruh and J . Vilms L The tension field of the Gauss map.
Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.,
1 49 ( 1 970), 569-573.
H.
Rummler 1 . Quelques notions simples en géométrie riemannienne et leurs applications aux feuilletages compacts,
54 ( 1 979), 224-239.
Comment. Math. Helv.
.
197
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
H. Sacks and K. Uhlenbeck 1 . The existence of minimal Immersions of the two-sphere,
Ann. of
Math., 1 1 3 ( 1 98 1 ) , 1 -24. 2. Minimal Immersions of closed Riemann surfaces.
Trans. Amer.
Math. Soc. . 271 ( 1 982), 639-652. R. Schoen 1.
Estlmates for stable minimal surfaces in three dimenslonal man Ifolds, pp. 1 1 1 - 1 26 of SMS.
2. Uniqueness. symmetry, and embeddedness of minimal surfaces ,
J. Djfferenttal Geom. , 1 8 ( 1 983) , 79 1 -809. R. Schoen and L. Simon 1. Regularity of stable minimal hypersurfaces,
Math
.•
Comm. Pure Appl.
54 ( 1 98 1 ). 74 1-797.
2. Regularlty of slmply connected surfaces with quasiconformal
Gauss map, pp. 1 2 7- 1 45 of SMS. R. Schoen, L. Simon, and S.-T. Yau
l . Cuxvature estlmates for minimal hypersurfaces, Acta Math . . 1 3 4 ( 1 975). 275-288.
R. Schoen and S. -T. Yau 1 . Existence of incompressible minimal surfaces and the topology of
three dimensional manifolds with non-negative scalar curvature,
Ann. of Math. , 1 1 0 ( 1 979), 1 27- 1 42 2.
On the structure of manifolds w.i th posltive scalar cuxvature,
Manuscrtpta Math., 28 ( 1 979), 1 59- 1 83 . 3. O n the proof o f the positive mass conjecture in general relativlty,
Comm. Math. Phys. . 65 ( 1 979), 45-76. 4. Proof of the positive mass theorem;II: ( 1 98 1 ) , 23 1 -260.
Comm. Math. Phys. , 79
198
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
5. The existence of a black hole due to condensation of matter,
Comm. Math. Phys. , 90 ( 1 983), 575-579. L. Simon 1.
Remarks on curvature estimates for minimal hypersurfaces,
Duke Math. J. , 43 ( 1 976), 545-553. 2. On a theorem of de G iorgi and Stampacchia,
Math. Z. , 1 55
( 1 977), 1 99-204. 3. On sorne extensions of Bernsteln's theorem,
Math. Z. , 1 54
( 1 977), 265-273. 4. A Hôlder estimate for quasiconformal maps between surfaces in Euclidean space,
Acta Math. , 139 ( 1 977), 1 9-5 1 .
5 . Equations of mean curvature type in 2 independent variables,
Pacifie J. Math., 69 ( 1 9 77), 245-268. B. Smyth 1 . Statlonary min imal surfaces with boundary on a simplex,
Invent.
Math., 76 ( 1 984). 4 1 1 -420. B. Solomon 1 . On the Gauss map of an area-minimizing hypersurface,
J. Dlf
jerential Geom . , 1 9 ( 1 984), 22 1 -232. J. Spruck 1 . Remarks on the stability of minimal submanifolds of iR",
Math.
z. . 1 44 ( 1 975). 1 69- 1 74 . K . Steffen 1 . Flâchen konstanter mittlerer Krümmung mit vorgegebenen Volumen oder Flacheninhalt.
Arch. Rational Mech. Anal, 49
( 1 972). 99-128. 2 . Isometric inequalities and the problem of Plateau,
222 ( 1 976). 97- 1 44.
Math. Ann.
.
199
ADDITIONAL REFERENCES
K. Steffen and H. Wente 1 . The non-existence of branch points ln solutions to certain classes of Plateau type varlatlonal problems,
Math. z. . 1 63
( 1 978), 2 1 1 -238. D. Sullivan 1 . A homological characterlzatlon of foliations consisUng of mini mal surfaces ,
Comment. Math. Helv. , 54 ( 1 979), 2 1 8-223.
E. Tausch 1 . The n-dimensional least area problem for boundaries on a convex cone.
Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. , 75 ( 1 98 1 ) , 407-4 16.
F. Tom! 1 . On the flnlte solvab!lity of Plateau's Problem,
Geom. Topo!. 111
Lat. Amer. Sch. Math. Proc. Rio de Janeiro, 1 9 76, Springer Lecture Notes Math ..
597 ( 1977), 679-695.
F. Tomt and A. J. Tromba 1 . Extreme curves bound an embedded minimal surface of the dlsk type, Math. z . .
1 58 ( 1 978) . 1 3 7- 1 45.
A. J. Tromba 1 . On the number of simply connected minimal surfaces spannlng a curve,
Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 94 ( 1 977). .
2. On the Morse number of embedded and non-embedded minimal immersions spanntng wlres on the boundary of special bodies ln {Ra,
Math. z. 188 ( 1 985), 1 49- 1 70. .
K. Uhlenbeck 1 . Closed minimal surfaces in hyperbolic 3-manifolds, pp. 1 47- 1 68 of SMS . H. C. Wente 1 . A general existence theorem for sur,faces of constant mean cur vature,
Math. Z. 1 20 ( 1 97 1 ) , 2 77-288. .
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES 2.
Large solutions to the volume constrained problem, Arch. Ra tional Mech. Anal .
.
75 ( 1 980), 59-77.
3. Counterexample to a conjecture of H. Hopf, Pacifie J. Math., 121
( 1986), 193-243.
White 1.
Existence of !east area mappings of N-dimensional domains. Ann. of Math . . 1 1 8 ( 1 983 ). 1 79- 1 85.
2.
Generic regularity of unoriented two-dimensional area-minimiz ing surfaces. Ann. of Math
3.
..
1 2 1 ( 1 985). 595-603.
(ln preparation. )
Xavier 1 . The Gauss map of a complete non-flat minimal surface cannot
omit 7 points on the sphere, Ann. of Math. . 1 1 3 ( 1 98 1 ) . 2 1 1 -2 1 4 : Erratum: Ann. of Math
. •
1 1 5 ( 1 982 ). 667.
2. Convex hulls of complete minimal surfaces, Math. Ann . . 269 ( 1 984). 1 79- 1 82.
AUTHOR INDEX Ahlfors, 73
Feinberg, 148
Almgren, 59, 138, 140, 143, 144,
Finn, 86. 89, 98, 100, 102, 114, 136, 155
159, 160. 163 Alt. 143
Fischer-Co1brte, 147, 161
Aminov, 163
Fleming, 58, 59, 139
Anderson, 159
Franke1, 140, 163
Barbosa, 146, 148, 154, 156, 161
Fujimoto, 152
Beckenbach , 1 1 7
Gackstatter, 150-152
Beeson, 145
Gage, 164
Bernstein. 1. 100, 136
Galloway, 163 Garabedian, 55
Bers, 48, 98, 108, 109, 136, 152,
Gehring, 164
153, 155 Bôhme, 145
Gllbarg, 114
Bombieri, 138, 140, 163
Giusti, 138, 140
Calabi, 48
Glaser, 166
Chakerian , 148
Go1dberg, 164, 165
Chavel, 148
Gray. 140
Chen, C. C., 151, 152
Gromov, 162, 164
Chen, Y. W., 48
Gulllver, 143, 144, 150
Chern, 1 17, 127, 139, 140, 150,
Haeflinger, 162 Hardt, 144, 145
155, 156, 159, 164-166 Costa, vUi, 149 , 150
Harvey, 153, 159, 162
Courant, 55, 58
Hass, 163
da Sllveira, 154
Heinz. 40, 107, 135, 147, 153,
de Georgi, 98, 138. 140, 153, 156,
155. 157
157
Hildebrandt, 145, 158, 165
Din, 166
Hoffman, vlil, 149-151, 153,
do Carmo, 141, 146-148. 154, 156,
161, 164 Hopf, E. , 107
161 Douglas, 55, 58
Hopf. H .. 50, 154, 157
Eells, 154, 165, 166
Hsian_g . 141. 157, 161
Enneper, 65
Huber, 81, 89
Federer, 59, 139, 144, 147
Jenkins, 102, 136-138, 155 . 157
201
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
Jonker, 1 1 7
Nirenberg. 72
Jorge. 149, 150
Nltsche, J. C . C., 33, 40, 98, lOO,
Jôrgens, 40
143-146, 148. 153
Jost, 158, 165
Nltsche, Joachim, 98
Kamber, 165
Oliveira, 152
Kawa!, 147
Osserman, 37. 72-74, 89, 98,
Kenmotsu, 154
107. 108, 1 1 7. 127. 135, 137.
Klotz, 89, 135
143, 145, 148, 150-156, 158,
Kobayashl, 141
159. 1 6 1 , 163, 164
Kolso, 145
Otsukl, 1 4 1
Kommerell, 1 9
Palmer, 154
Kunert, 1 5 1
Peng, 147
Lawson, 1 4 1 , 145, 150, 152, 153,
Peterson, 150
158-163
Picard, 152
Lemaire, 154, 165
Pin!, 1 17, 140, 156
Lévy, 58
Pltts, 160
Lewy, 35. 55
Rado, 33, 55, 59, 63
Li, 148
Reifenberg, 58, 59, 139
Llouvllle. 165
Reilly, 141
Lumlste, 1 40
Ricci-Curbastro, 156
MacLane, 89
Rinow, 50
Meeks, viii, 143, 145, 149, 150,
Royden, 143
161, 162
Ruchert, 143
Mlcallef, 147, 161
Ruh, 154, 165
Mllnor, 164
Rummler, 162
Miranda, 138
�acks. 160. 164, 165
Misner. 166
Sa..tpson. 165
Moore, 163
Sario, 89
Morgan, 144, 145, 156
Schiffer, 148
Mort, 1 6 1
Schoen, 146-149, 153, 155, 160,
Morrey, 140
162, 163
Moser, 138, 159
Serrin, 102, 136, 137-139, 155
Müntz, 33
Simon, 143-145, 149, 153-157,
Nagano, 161
160, 162, 163
Nakauchi, 163
Stmons, 138-140, 161, 163
Nevanlinna, 152
Smyth, 1 6 1
AUTHOR INDEX
Solomon, 156
Vllms, 165
Spruck. 143, 146, 148
Voss, 73, 89
Stampacchla. 98, 138, 153 , 156.
Weierstrass, 65
157
Wente, 153, 154
Steffen, 153
Werner, 135
Stora. 166
Weyl. 125
Sullivan, 162
White, 145, 155, 157. 163
Takahashl, 1 4 1
Wldman, 158, 165
Takeuchl. 1 4 1
Wolfson, 166
Thurston. 144
Wood, 166
Tom!, 143, 145
Xavier, 148
Tondeur, 165
Yau, 143, 148, 155. 160. 162, 163
Tromba, 143, 145
Zakrzewskl, 166
Uhlenbeck, 160, 164, 165
Zlller, 156
SUB]EC T INDEX
Dirichlet problem for minimal
area, 6
surface equation
first variation, 22
exterior, 1 13-1 16
second variation, 146
higher dimensions, 130, 158
atlas, 43
intertor. 6 1 . 100, 102
Bemstein's Theorem, 34, 38, 69, 92, 107, 138, 147, 149,
divergent path. 50
155-158. 165
divergent sequence, 53 embedded surface, vtll , 143, 144,
black hole, 163
149
Blanc-Fiala Theorem, 89
Enneper's surface, 65, 87, 108,
boundary values, 53
143
branch points, 47, 48 capaclty, 70. 7 1 . 74
Euler characteristic, 85, 86
catenoid, 18, 87, 92, 93, 149, 1 5 1
exterior product, 3
Cohn-Vossen Theorem, 86
flnlte total curvature. 147
complete Rlemannlan manifold,
foliations. 1 6 1 , 165 fundamental form
50, 5 1 complex curve, 1 9 , 147
flrst. 1 0
conformai structure, 43, 45
second. 12, 7 5 , 141 Gauss curvature, 75
convex hull, 53, 54
Cr
lnequalltles for, 105-108 map, 43
ln isothermal parameters, 7
structure, 43
in terms of Gauss map. 77,
surface ln En, 4, 44
126 Gauss map, 66
curvature vector, 1 1
degenerate, 122
curve complex analytic, 19
generallzed, 1 19
meromorphic, 127
of a minimal surface, 66-74, 77, 87-89, 1 19-127
regular, 8
generalized minimal surface, 47
decomposable minimal surface,
Gras::�mannlan, 1 17- 1 18
123
gyrotd, fronttsplece
degenerate Gauss map, 122
205
SUB]ECT INDEX
Dirichlet problem for minimal
area, 6
surface equation
first variation, 22
exterior, 1 13- 1 1 6
second variation, 146
hlgher dimensions, 130, 158
atlas, 43
lnterior, 6 1 , 100, 102
Bemsteln's Theorem, 34, 38, 69, 92, 107, 138, 147, 149,
divergent path, 50
155-158, 165
divergent sequence, 53 embedded surface, viii , 143, 144,
black hole, 163
149
Blanc-Fiala Theorem, 89
Enneper's surface, 65, 87, 108,
boundary values, 53
143
branch points. 47, 48 capacity, 70, 71. 74
Euler characteristlc, 85, 86
catenoid. 18, 87, 92, 93, 149, 1 5 1
exterlor product, 3
Cohn-Vossen Theorem, 86
flnrte total curvature, 147
complete Rlemannlan manifold,
foliations, 161, 165 fundamental form
50, 5 1 complex curve. 1 9 , 147
flrst, 10
conformai structure, 43 , 45
second, 1 2 , 75, 141 Gauss curvature, 75
convex hull, 53, 54
C'
lnequallties for, 105-108 map. 43
ln lsothermal parameters,
structure, 43
in terms of Gauss map, 77,
surface ln En, 4, 44
126
curvature vector. l l
Gauss map, 66 degenerate, 122
curve complex analytlc, 19
generallzed, 1 19
meromorphlc. 127
of a minimal surface, 66-74, 77, 87-89, 1 19-127
regular. 8
generalized minimal surface, 47
decomposable minimal surface,
GraSl>mannlan, 1 17- 1 18
123
gyrold, frontlsplece
degenerate Gauss map, 122
205
206
A SURVEY OF MINIMAL SURFACES
harmonie maps, 154, 164-166 Harnack tnequality, 137
non-parametrtc, 9 1 - 1 1 6 , 144, 147, 152
hellcold, 17. 149
regular, 45, 48, 60
Henneberg's surface. 45
Scherk's, 18, 74, 89, 101, 108
Hesstan matrix. 34 hyperboUc (Riemann surface), 52 infinite boundary values , 101- 103 isoperimetric inequalities, 147, 159
minimal surface equation. 17, 24, 25, 158 in E3, 9 1 minimal vartetles, 140- 141 in spheres. 141
isothermal parameters, 27, 37
monotone map, 56
Kahler manifold, 140
non-orientable surface, 45
logarlthmic capacity, 70, 71. 74
non-parametric form, 7, 15, 23
manifold, 43
normal curvature. 12
Kahler. 140
for a minimal surface. 75
orientable, 43
normal space, 1 1
Riemanntan, 49
normal vector. 1 1
maximum principle. 94 mean curvature, 13. 44
to a minimal surface i n E3, 66, 68
constant, 135, 139, 153
orientation, 43, 44
geometrie interpretation, 22
parabolic (Riemann surface), 5 2
ln isothermal parameters, 27
parameters, independence of, 5
in terms of Laplacian, 28
Plateau problem. 53, 58, 59, 6 1 ,
meromorphic curve, 125 meromorphic functlon, 46 minimal graphs, 152 minimal hypersurfaces, 137-138, 155 minimal surface, 14, 23, 45
135, 139-140, 143 , 145. 153, 157. 163 principal curvatures. 13 for a minimal surface. 75 quasiminimal surfaces. 136-137, 154
catenotd, 18, 87, 92
reflectlon principle, 54
decomposable, 123
regular curve. 8
Enneper's, 65, 87, 108
regular surface, 4, 44
generalized, 47
relativity, 163
gyrotd, frontlsptece
representation theorem
helicoid, 17 Henneberg's , 45 non-orientable. 44, 45, 144, 152
for constant mean curvature, 154 for doubly-connected sur faces, 109- 1 10
207
SUB]ECT INDEX
Enneper-Welerstrass, 63-65
stereographie projection. 46
for entire solutions of the
structure
minimal surface equation,
conformai, 43
38, 40, 42
cr, 43
Riemannian metrtc. 49 Riemann sphere, 46 Scherk's surface. 18. 74, 89, 1 0 1 , 108 second fundamental form, 12 for a minimal surface, 75, 141 s lngularlties, 140 removable, 96, 98, 138, 152, 156 stabtlity, 145, 148, 161, 162
Rtemanntan, 49 surface in E• global, 44 local, 3 tangent plane, 9, 44 total curvature, 77, 85, 87, 89, 1 26, 150, 1 5 1 , 155, 159 uniqueness, 143, 144, 152 unlversal coverlng surface, 5 1 variational formula, 2 2